William Byrnes' Tax, Wealth, and Risk Intelligence

William Byrnes (Texas A&M) tax & compliance articles

Texas A&M’s International Tax Certificate or Master Degree Curriculum – online using Zoom

Posted by William Byrnes on June 15, 2021


The International Tax Certificate and Master Degree are designed for international tax professionals (either lawyers or accountants, economists, and finance) to deliver specialized legal training for an in-depth understanding of the international tax risk management field’s changing complex legal aspects. Courses begin in late August, mid-January, and mid-May each year.

This graduate-level International Tax certificate or Master’s degree will prepare new and experienced international tax professionals to effectively address complex legal and policy challenges with respect to global tax risk. Specifically, participants will be exposed to (i) important U.S. and international laws, regulations, and policies in the international tax risk management field, and (ii) technology, data, and practice, as well as applications of law and regulation through case studies through a weekly-based structure. Individuals who complete the program will be able to synthesize scenarios, practice, and legal regulation in the international tax risk management field, providing analysis or judgments for consideration to organizational leadership with a nuanced perspective.

Courses are offered by asynchronous distance learning to provide a flexible schedule for working professionals. Interactive coursework includes case study assignments and regular interaction with classmates & the faculty through twice-weekly zoom meetings (recorded), pre-recorded videos, audio casts, discussion boards, and group breakout sessions.  For more information, contact Admissions: law.tamu.edu/distance-education/international-tax.

Example courses:

  • LAW 625 Spring Term A Transfer Pricing l – Methods, Econometrics, and Tangibles
  • LAW 626 Spring Term B Transfer Pricing II – Services and Intangibles
  • LAW 627 International Tax Risk Management I – Data, Analytics, and Technology
  • LAW 647 Fall Term A International Taxation and Treaties – residency issues
  • LAW 649 Fall Term B International Taxation and Treaties – source issues
  • LAW 719 Fall A Domestic Tax Systems Risk Management
  • LAW 720 Fall B International Tax Risk Management II – Data, Analytics, and Technology
  • U.S. International Tax Risk Management – Data and Analytics Spring Term A
  • U.S. International Tax Risk Management – Law and Regulation Summer
  • FATCA, CRS, and AEoI Risk Management – Summer

Texas A&M, operating budget of $9.6 billion (FY2022) and capital budget of $1.9 billion, is #1 for U.S. public universities, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space! Dep’t of Education ranks Texas A&M #14 in the U.S. for research grants/expenditure ($1.13B in 2020). The law school is ranked in the 1st tier and in the U.S. top 10 for employment outcomes of its graduates. Texas A&M is building a new law campus as the integrated centerpiece of its $1.5 billion interdisciplinary Law-STEM Fort Worth campus.

Posted in Uncategorized | 2 Comments »

TaxFacts Intelligence June 14, 2021

Posted by William Byrnes on June 14, 2021


The Texas A&M graduate programs for risk management for areas like wealth management, tax risk management, financial risk, economic crimes, ESG risk, is accepting applications for fall. Over 500 candidates are currently enrolled in the graduate courses yet maximum enrollment per course section is maintained at 30 so that each student receives meaningful feedback throughout the course from the fulltime academic and professional part-time faculty. Check out the tax risk management program here as an example of the curriculum and courses: https://law.tamu.edu/distance-education/international-tax

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space! The law school has the #1 bar passage in Texas, and #1 for employment in Texas (and top 10 in U.S.)

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

ARPA Expands Child Tax Credit for 2021 

The ARPA expanded and enhanced the child tax credit for the 2021 tax year.  For tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 and before January 1, 2022, the child tax credit amount increased from $2,000 to $3,000 per qualifying child.  The credit amount is also fully refundable for the 2021 tax year only (under TCJA, $1,400 was refundable).  The $3,000 amount is also further increased to $3,600 per qualifying child under the age of six years old as of December 31, 2021.  For more information on the child tax credit, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Eligibility for 2021 Child Tax Credit and Advance Child Tax Credit Payments

A taxpayer can receive advance Child Tax Credit payments even if earning zero income in 2020 or 2021, if eligible for the credit otherwise. 

IRS online tool to help low-income families register for monthly Child Tax Credit payments

The IRS unveiled an online Non-filer Sign-up tool designed to help eligible families who don’t normally file tax returns register for the monthly Advance Child Tax Credit payments. The IRS will begin disbursing advance Child Tax Credit payments on July 15. After that, payments will be disbursed on a monthly basis through December 2021. In June 2021, the IRS will send each eligible taxpayer a “Letter 6417” that informs the amount of the estimated Child Tax Credit monthly payments.

This tool, an update of last year’s IRS Non-filers tool, is also designed to help eligible individuals who don’t normally file income tax returns register for the $1,400 third round of Economic Impact Payments (also known as stimulus checks) and claim the Recovery Rebate Credit for any amount of the first two rounds of Economic Impact Payments they may have missed.

The IRS will automatically determine eligibility for most families

Eligible families who already filed or plan to file 2019 or 2020 income tax returns should not use this tool. Once the IRS processes their 2019 or 2020 tax return, the information will be used to determine eligibility and issue advance payments. Families who want to claim other tax benefits, such as the Earned Income Tax Credit for low- and moderate-income families, should not use this tool and instead file a regular tax return.

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence June 10, 2021

Posted by William Byrnes on June 10, 2021


The Biden administration is moving full steam ahead with proposals to modify the U.S. and international tax systems. Some proposals would create a huge benefit for taxpayers–while others could leave clients on the hook for a surprise tax bill. This week, we dig a little deeper into the proposals–and outline a few surprises contained in the newly-released Green Book. Are your clients ready for what’s to come?

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Biden’s Latest Tax Proposals: Two Big Surprises for Tax Professionals 

More details about President Biden’s tax plan have emerged—and the latest proposal contains two major tax surprises. First, Biden’s tax plans would make any capital gains tax hike retroactive to April 28, 2020. That means clients who have engaged in tax planning strategies to avoid higher rates might wind up subject to the higher rates regardless, if this provision makes its way into the final proposal. Second, not only would the stepped-up basis rules be repealed, but taxpayers who inherit property would be required to recognize gain at the time of death—even if the individual doesn’t immediately sell the inherited property. In other words, the property could be immediately subject to both the estate tax and income or capital gains tax. Click here to get a more in-depth expert analysis of the latest tax proposals. Read More

Related Questions:

692. How is the tax basis of property acquired from a decedent determined?

G-7 Announces Support for Global Minimum Corporate Tax

Democrats have often advocated for imposition of a global minimum corporate tax rate—and the latest Biden tax plan would increase the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 21% to 28%. Over the weekend, top international finance officials in the Group of Seven (G-7) indicated broad support for a worldwide minimum corporate income tax of at least 15%. If implemented, the global minimum tax would ensure that large corporations pay a minimum tax on their earnings, regardless of where the entity is located. International support could be a critical turning point for President Biden’s corporate tax increase proposals. After all, a key criticism of increasing U.S. corporate income taxes is that it puts U.S. corporations at a global disadvantage and incentivizes techniques to shift income to lower tax jurisdictions. With a worldwide minimum tax in place, U.S. corporations would lose incentive to move their income elsewhere. Of course, it remains to be seen whether the proposals will come to fruition, and advisors should continue to monitor the evolving situation closely when advising on corporate tax issues. For more information on the U.S. corporate income tax structure, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Related Questions:

797. How is a corporation taxed on capital gains?

798. How was a corporation’s alternative minimum tax calculated prior to repeal by the 2017 Tax Act?

When Can an Employer Require All Employees to be Vaccinated: The Details

The EEOC recently clarified the incentive issue when it comes to employers who wish to encourage vaccination in the workplace. The guidance also addresses whether employers can strictly require employees to be vaccinated for COVID-19 before they re-enter the workplace. Generally, employers can require vaccination if vaccination is job-related and a business necessity given COVID-19 safety concerns. However, if an employee has a disability or sincerely-held religious belief that would prevent vaccination, the employer must offer reasonable accommodation—unless the accommodation requested would create an undue hardship. The employer generally cannot require those employees with medical reasons or religious objections to choose between obtaining the vaccine and returning to work unless allowing the unvaccinated employee to return to work would pose a “direct threat” to the health and safety of the workforce. For more information on the employer tax credit for vaccine-related leave, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Related Questions:

0101. Mandatory COVID Vaccination

We want your feedback on TaxFacts Q&A for the future? Email me at williambyrnes-gmail

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space! The law school has the #1 bar passage in Texas, and #1 for employment in Texas (and top 10 in U.S.)

Posted in BEPS, Retirement Planning, Taxation | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence June 3, 2021

Posted by William Byrnes on June 4, 2021


Happy Summer, readers! This week’s newsletter is dedicated to helping clients—both employers and employees—maximize their health-related benefits and tax credits (even when those benefits are only available for a limited time). Do you have questions about situation-specific COBRA eligibility, little-known HSA tricks or the ever-evolving EEOC vaccine guidance for employers? Read on to see if we’ve got the answers this week. 

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

EEOC Updates Vaccine Incentive Guidance for Employers

The EEOC has posted an update to its vaccine guidance for employers. Under the new guidance, employers are permitted to offer incentives to employees who voluntarily provide confirmation that they have received the COVID-19 vaccine from a third party. Requesting these confirmations will not be treated as disability-related inquiries under the ADA or requests for genetic information under GINA. Employers should be aware that these incentives are treated differently than incentives offered for employer-provided vaccines. If the incentive is actually for the purpose of encouraging an employee to receive the vaccine from the employer or an agent, employers should continue to use caution against offering an incentive that can be construed as “coercive”. That’s because employees must provide certain health information before receiving the vaccine—and employees should not be pressured to disclose medical information to their employers. For more information on the available tax credit for employers who offer paid vaccine leave to employees, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Related Questions:

773. What happens when the employee has exhausted the paid time off under the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA)? Does the employee have the right to return to work?

8895. What is a “de minimis” fringe benefit?

Am I Eligible for Federal COBRA Assistance? Case-Specific IRS Guidance

The IRS guidance on the availability and implementation of the ARPA 100 percent COBRA premium assistance provides some useful guidance on specific scenarios that employers and employees may now be facing. Generally, individuals remain assistance-eligible individuals (AEIs) during eligibility waiting periods if the period overlaps with the subsidy period. For example, the individual will be an AEI during periods outside the open enrollment period for a spouse’s employer-sponsored health coverage. Employers who change health plan options must place the AEI in the plan that’s most similar to their pre-termination plan, even if it’s more expensive (and the 100 percent subsidy will continue to apply). Importantly, employers who are no longer covered by federal COBRA requirements may still be required to advance the subsidy (for example, if the employer terminated employees so that the federal rules no longer apply). If the employer was subject to COBRA when the individual experienced the reduction in hours or involuntary termination, the employer must offer the subsidy. For more information on the COBRA premium subsidy, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Related Questions:

0121. COBRA Subsidies Back on the Table for 2021

371. When must an election to receive COBRA continuation coverage be made?

Maximizing Post-Pandemic HSA Benefits

HSAs and other tax-preferred health benefits have taken on a whole new meaning in the wake of the pandemic. It’s important that clients fully understand the rules so that they aren’t leaving valuable benefits on the table. In 2022, annual HSA contribution limits will rise to $3,650 for self-only coverage or $7,300 for family HDHP coverage. (HDHPs are health insurance plans that have a minimum annual deductible of $1,400 for self-only coverage ($2,800 for family coverage).). Taxpayers aged 55 and up can contribute an extra $1,000 per year. Taxpayers don’t have to fund an employer-sponsored HSA. Even if the client has been laid off or furloughed, clients with HDHP coverage can open an HSA at their bank and fund the account independently. Additionally, clients who have lost their jobs continue to have access to the funds in their old HSA, and can even transfer that HSA to a new provider. In other words, as long as the client remains covered by a HDHP, there is no “use it or lose it” rule. The funds simply roll over from year to year and continue to grow tax-free. For 2021, that same benefit has been extended to health FSAs. With an HSA, however, the rollover benefit is even more substantial because once the participant reaches age 65, the account can be accessed without penalty for any reason—much like a typical retirement account. The funds are simply taxed as ordinary income upon withdrawal, like a 401(k) or IRA. For more information on HSA advantages, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Related Questions:

388. What is a Health Savings Account (HSA) and how can an HSA be established?

391. Who is an eligible individual for purposes of a Health Savings Account (HSA)?

DOL Released Final Rule on Considering Non-Financial Factors in Selecting Retirement Plan Investments The DOL released a final rule on whether environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors can be considered when retirement plan fiduciaries are selecting plan investments without violating their fiduciary duties.  Plan fiduciaries are obligated to act solely in the interest of plan participants and beneficiaries when making investment decisions.  The final rule confirms the DOL position that plan fiduciaries must select investments based on pecuniary, financial factors.  Fiduciaries are required to compare reasonably available investment alternatives–but are not required to scour the markets.  The rule also includes an “all things being equal test”–meaning that fiduciaries are not prohibited from considering or selecting investments that promote or support non-pecuniary goals, provided that they satisfy their duties of prudence and loyalty in making the selection.  For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More We are curious for your feedback on the rule and its impact on your function as a financial advisor, if any? Email me at williambyrnes-gmail

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Uncategorized | Tagged: , , , | Leave a Comment »

Texas A&M Summer Int’l Tax courses: FATCA, CRS, and AoEI/CbCR; U.S. International Tax Law Risk (May 23 – July 10, 2022)

Posted by William Byrnes on February 9, 2021


Based on weekly case studies created by the faculty, supported by reading/text materials, pre-recorded videos with PPTs, and audio podcast files made by the faculty – twice-weekly Zoom live sessions (recorded for persons who cannot attend) of 90 – 120 minutes wherein students in teams work through the case studies generally from an assigned stakeholder perspective. Access to the extensive Texas A&M library for case study research includes by example: Lexis, Westlaw, IBFD, Kluwer-Cheetah, Bloomberg, Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), S&P CapIQ, FITCH, among many others. Apply for Texas A&M’s courses here.

FATCA, CRS, and AEoI (global focus):

Week 1. May 23 Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Asian Development Bank) dasilva.brunoaniceto@gmail.com.

Week 2. May 30 FATCA/CRS and the Asset Management Industry, intermediaries: Denise Hintzke (Deloitte) dhintzke@deloitte.com

Week 3. June 6: FATCA Withholding Compliance, overlap with QI: Denise Hintzke (Deloitte)

Week 4. June 13: Denise Hintzke (Deloitte)

Week 5. June 20: Bruno da Silva

Week 6. June 27: Bruno da Silva

Capstone through July 10

International Tax Risk Management I (U.S. focused Law & Policy) Melissa Muhammad (IRS LB&I) melissamuhammadesq@gmail.com

Week 1 May 23 Outbound Branches

Week 2 May 30 FTCs

Week 3 June 6 CFCs

Week 4 June 13 Interest, thin cap, Debt/Equity

Week 5 June 20 BEAT / FDII

Week 6 June 27 IGAs (other treaty issues)

Capstone through July 10

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is 500k-grad-group.jpg
Texas A&M, operating budget of $9.6 billion (FY2022) and capital budget of $1.9 billion, is #1 for U.S. public universities, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space! The law school, ranked in the 1st tier, has the #1 bar passage in Texas, and #1 for employment in Texas (and top 10 in U.S.)

Posted in Courses | Tagged: , , | Leave a Comment »

Transfer Pricing Risk Management Zoom-Based Case Studies Start Tuesday, Jan 18, run until May 5 (graduation May 6 on campus)

Posted by William Byrnes on January 8, 2021


Based on weekly case studies created by the faculty, supported by reading/text materials, pre-recorded videos with PPTs, and audio podcast files made by the faculty – twice-weekly Zoom (optional) live sessions (recorded for those unable to attend) of 90 – 120 minutes wherein students may work with teams through the case studies generally from an assigned stakeholder perspective. Access to the extensive Texas A&M library for case study research includes by example: Lexis, Westlaw, IBFD, Kluwer-Cheetah, Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), S&P CapIQ, FITCH, among several others. Apply for Texas A&M’s courses here.

Professor William Byrnes’ leverages the expertise of weekly case study experts that draw from a variety of disciplines including accounting, economics, finance, international business, management, and law. The textbook is authored by Professor William Byrnes and provided within the course [William Byrnes, Practical Guide to Transfer Pricing, 4th ed, 2022 version, published by Matthew Bender via LexisNexis and available in the law library in hardcopy].

Transfer pricing is the valuation of cross-border transactions between units of a multinational enterprise. This course introduces students to both theoretical and practical aspects of transfer pricing. This course deep dives into the legal issues (regulations and jurisprudence); accounting systems and variances among (managerial, financial, tax, and public accounting); financial data analytics through the lens of economic methods and profit level indicators; functional analysis and global value chain; contrasts with the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines and UN Transfer Pricing Manual. Each week, an industry-based case study is undertaken in a team-based learning approach of student groups generally consisting of three team members each.  The industry case studies include, as examples, agriculture (coffee supply chain), technology services, and petroleum.

Part I and Part II of this course both address strategy, compliance, and risk management.  Transfer Pricing Part I focuses on the topics of comparability, the transfer pricing methods, functional analysis and global value chain analysis, and transfer pricing analysis for tangibles. Transfer Pricing Part II focuses on the transfer pricing methods and analysis for intangibles and for services. Topics more specifically that are addressed in this course via its textbook, video and audio lectures, weekly team-based case studies, and weekly live sessions, include the arm’s length standard, comparability analysis, risk analysis for tangibles and intangibles, transactional methods (CUP, CUT, Cost Plus, Resale Minus, Commodity), profit methods (e.g. comparable profits method, transactional net margin method, profit level indicators, key performance indicators, commensurate with income), functional analysis (supply chain, global value chain analysis, DAEMPE functions), industry economic data gathering and analysis, cost-sharing arrangements, profit splits and residuals, platform contributions, and safe harbors.  Documentation, advance pricing agreement procedures, and mutual agreement procedures are topics addressed in the courses of “International Tax Risk Management I” and of “FATCA, CRS, and CbCR”. Apply for Texas A&M’s courses here.

Course Topics and Calendar

Week 1 January 17 Arm’s Length Standard case study by Dr. Bruno da Silva

Jan 18 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am (2-minute student introductions, orientation to teamwork and case studies, expectations and obligations regarding participation asynchronously or synchronously, discuss the syllabus, set up first-week case study)

Friday at 9am – 10:30am (presentations, peer feedback)

Week 2 Jan 25: CUP & Comparables, Eden Hofert – the Christmas Tree case (Canadian)/Compaq by Dr. Lorraine Eden

Jan 26 Tuesday at 9am – 10:00am (2-minute student introductions, orientation to teamwork and case studies, expectations and obligations regarding participation asynchronously or synchronously, discuss syllabus, set up first week case study)

Jan 29 Friday at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, peer feedback)

Week 3 Jan 31: Cost Plus & Resale Minus (Byrnes’ Starbucks case study) by Dr. George Salis

Feb 1 Tuesday at 9am – 10:00am

second session at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, feedback)

  • Watch background and overview videos of big data & econometrics as it is used in transfer pricing.
  • Read textbook Chapter 7 then read chapter 6.
  • Contrast the analysis within the Cost Plus Method and Resale Minus Method cases.
  • Each team has a stakeholder role in Byrnes’ case study of Starbucks cost inclusion and exclusion, agriculture supply chain, and coffee global value chain.

Week 4 Feb 7: Comparable Profits Method & TNMM by Dr. George Salis

Feb 8 Tuesday at 9am – 10:00am (discussion about Byrnes’ case study and the CPM)

second session at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read textbook chapters 8 and 9.
  • Watch second set of videos of big data & econometrics.
  • Review the CPM/TNMM examples.
  • Teams prepare the Case Study.

Week 5 Feb 14: functional analysis & global value chain, profit split methods by Dr. George Salis

Feb 15 Tuesday at 9am – 10:00am (discussion about Byrnes’ case study and the CPM, GVC)

second session at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read textbook chapters 11 and 12, skim chapters 97 and 98
  • Watch videos about FA and GVC.
  • Review the GVC examples (chapters from textbook regarding coffee, technology, tobacco).
  • Team’s prepare the Case Study.

Week 6 Feb 21 Best Method – Snowin’ and Blowin’ case study by Dr. Lorraine Eden

Feb 22 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am

Feb 25 Friday at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read textbook chapters 15 and 16
  • Watch video.
  • Team’s prepare the Case Study.

Week 7 Feb 28 Capstone summation and tax risk technology presentations

March 1 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am (counsel litigation discussion)

March 4 Friday at 9am – 10:30 (tech provider training)

March 7-11 Spring Break for distance education graduate programs

Week 1 of Course 2 (week 8 of both courses) March 14: Intangibles Royalty Rates CUT and CPM by Dr. Debora Talutto

March 15 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am (counsel litigation discussion)

second session (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read textbook chapter 10
  • Analyze the CUT cases
  • Case Study presentation

Week 9 March 21: Intangibles Buy In/Out Cost Sharing Arrangements, Platform Contribution Transactions by Dr. George Salis

March 22 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am

second session (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read textbook chapter 13
  • Analyze the CSA/PCT cases
  • Case Study presentations

Week 10 March 28: Digital; Unitary Apportionment; Pillar 1; EU State Aid

by Dr. Bruno da Silva dasilva.brunoaniceto@gmail.com

March 29 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am

April 1 Friday at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read textbook chapters 44 and 75
  • Review Pillar One
  • Case Study presentation

Week 11 April 4 Digital –Amazon, Internet of Things (IOT) by Dr. Lorraine Eden and Dr. Niraja Srinivasan

April 5 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am

April 8 Friday at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read OECD Pillar 1 comment letters in the course folder
  • Read Lorraine Eden’s articles
  • Read Chapter 46

Week 12: April 11 Services by Hafiz Choudhury

April 12 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am

April 15 Friday at 9am – 10:00 (presentations, peer feedback)

Week 13 April 18: Restructuring (and extractive industry experience) by Hafiz Choudhury

April 19 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am

April 22 Friday at 9am – 10:30 (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Read textbook chapters 27, 43
  • In the second week, the investors find out that the state owned off take customer is not utilizing the full capacity of the FSRU

Week 14 April 25 Capstone presentations for comment letters

April 26 Tuesday at 9am – 10:30am

April 29 Friday at 9am – 10:00 (presentations, peer feedback)

  • Review past comment letter submissions
Texas A&M, an annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Courses, Uncategorized | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence December 16, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on December 16, 2020


There have been a number of challenges to the requirement for physical damages in business interruption insurance policies, and this week we see a court ruling in North Carolina that CVOID-related restrictions were enough to meet the test for physical damages because they prevented the policyholder from using their property. More on this in Tax Facts, and also at our sister site FC&S.  Also, if you missed the late November webinar on “The Biggest Tax Implications for 2021” you can still register and view the recording at the link below. William Byrnes and Robert Bloink walked us through an hour of what the CARES Act and FFCRA changes may look like in 2021. Tune in!

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

ACA Likely To Withstand Latest Challenge The U.S. Supreme Court recently heard oral arguments that will be instrumental in determining the fate of the Affordable Care Act.  Since the 2017 tax reform legislation reduced the individual mandate to $0, many challenged whether the ACA was constitutional–in other words, whether it could be considered a valid exercise of Congress’ power to tax.  Confirmation of new Supreme Court justice Amy Barrett created the real possibility that the ACA could be overturned.  However, after hearing oral arguments, two conservative justices–Roberts and Kavanaugh–indicated their support for severance.  If that happens, the individual mandate portion of the ACA would be severed from the remainder of the law.  For more information on the ACA, visit Tax Facts Online.  Read More. Read More

State Court Rules in Favor of Restaurants in Business Interruption Insurance Case A North Carolina court has ruled in favor of a group of restaurants and required the insurance company to provide business interruption coverage.  The court agreed with the plaintiffs that government stay-at-home orders and travel restrictions caused the restaurants to suffer a physical loss because they lost physical use and physical access to their businesses.  The policy at issue defined “loss” as “accidental physical loss or accidental physical damage,” but did not define “direct”, “physical loss”, or “physical damage.”  The court agreed that the businesses lost the full use and advantage of their business premises.  The court rejected the insurance company’s argument that tangible physical loss was required because, even if true, that rendered the policy language ambiguous.  Despite the fact that this was a state-level case, other courts may find the reliance on standard contract interpretation principles persuasive.  For more information on business insurance issues, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

DOL Releases Final Rule on Considering Non-Financial Factors in Selecting Retirement Plan Investments The DOL has released a final rule on whether environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors can be considered when retirement plan fiduciaries are selecting plan investments without violating their fiduciary duties.  Plan fiduciaries are obligated to act solely in the interest of plan participants and beneficiaries when making investment decisions.  The final rule confirms the DOL position that plan fiduciaries must select investments based on pecuniary, financial factors.  Fiduciaries are required to compare reasonably available investment alternatives–but are not required to scour the markets.  The rule also includes an “all things being equal test”–meaning that fiduciaries are not prohibited from considering or selecting investments that promote or support non-pecuniary goals, provided that they satisfy their duties of prudence and loyalty in making the selection.  For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M, an annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020) and $1 billion of research grants/budget, is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence December 14, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on December 14, 2020


Looks like we have more guidance from the IRS on PPP forgiveness and deductibility of expenses. This is getting more complicated as we approach the end of the year and many taxpayers are anticipating, but have not yet received, the forgiveness of their PPP loans. The new guidance helps deal with a couple of potential types of situations that companies may find themselves in while they wait for forgiveness applications to be reviewed.

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

IRS Releases Safe Harbors to Allow Certain PPP Loan Recipients to Deduct Business Expenses One controversial element of the PPP loan rules involves whether taxpayers who receive loan forgiveness qualify to deduct otherwise deductible business expenses.  To date, IRS’ guidance has confirmed that otherwise eligible deductions will be denied.  However, the agency has now released a safe harbor for certain taxpayers whose application for forgiveness was denied or who opted to forgo applying for forgiveness.  The safe harbors allow a taxpayer to claim a deduction in the 2020 tax year for certain otherwise deductible eligible expenses.  For more information on the safe harbor requirements, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Confirms Position on Non-Deductibility of Business Expenses for PPP Loan Recipients Who Expect Loan ForgivenessThe IRS has released guidance confirming that PPP loan recipients who have a reasonable expectation that they will have loan amounts forgiven cannot deduct otherwise eligible business expenses.  A taxpayer that received a covered loan guaranteed under the PPP and paid or incurred certain otherwise deductible expenses may not deduct those expenses in the tax year in which the expenses were paid or incurred if, at the end of such taxable year, the taxpayer reasonably expects to receive forgiveness of the covered loan on the basis of the expenses it paid or accrued during the covered period.  That’s true even if the taxpayer has not yet submitted an application for forgiveness of the covered loan by the end of the tax year.  For more information on the implications of PPP loan forgiveness, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Complex Contribution Limits for Employees Participating in Multiple Employer-Sponsored Retirement PlanAs we approach the end of the year, many taxpayers may have questions about their 2020 retirement plan contribution limits.  Employees who participate in more than one plan are subject to two sets of limits: the annual additions limit and the deferral limit.  The deferral limit maxes out at $19,500, or $26,000 for clients 50 and older, in 2020.  Each participant is limited in contributing $19,500 across all retirement plans.  The annual additions limit in 2020 is $57,000 ($63,500 for those 50 and up).  The annual additions limit includes all employer and employee contributions.  Each employer-based plan gets its own annual additions limit.  Therefore, if you have two employers, each employer can contribute up to the $57,000 limit.  In other words, contributions from unrelated employers aren’t aggregated.  For more information on the 401(k) contribution limits, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

U.S. / E.U. International Tax Risk Management Zoom Team-Based Case Studies Start Jan 19 – April 25 (14 weeks)

Posted by William Byrnes on December 9, 2020


Based on weekly case studies created by the faculty, supported by reading/text materials, pre-recorded videos with PPTs, and audio podcast files made by the faculty – twice-weekly Zoom live sessions (recorded as well) of 90 – 120 minutes wherein students in teams work through the case studies generally from an assigned stakeholder perspective. Access to the extensive Texas A&M library for case study research includes by example: Lexis, Westlaw, IBFD, Kluwer-Cheetah, Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), S&P CapIQ, FITCH, among several others. Apply for Texas A&M’s courses here.

  • Transfer Pricing Risk Management I Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data
  • Transfer Pricing Risk Management II: Intangibles, Services, Pillar 1/Digital, Formulary
  • U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology)
  • E.U. Tax Risk Management

U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) syllabus

E.U. Tax Risk Management syllabus

  • Week 1 March 8, 2021 E.U. General Framework of Compliance Tax Risk Management Dr. Eva Andrés (Barcelona)
  • Week 2 March 15, 2021 Parent Subsidiary Directive, Interest, Royalties. Dr. Santiago Ibañez Marcilla
  • Week 3 March 22, 2021 The European Union proposal on a carbon border tax and its compatibility with the World Trade Organization rules Dr. Xavier Fernández Pons
  • Week 4 March 29, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds) and others Fundamental Freedoms. Dr. Eva Andrés & Dr. Andreu Olesti
  • Week 5 April 5, 2021 Cross-Border Losses – Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 6 April 12, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse – Dr. Bruno da Silva
  • Capstone Week April 19-25: Build a client case study, wrap up

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data (William Byrnes course materials) syllabus

  • Week 1 January 19 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva & William Byrnes
  • Week 2 Jan 25 CUP & Comparables Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Feb 1 Cost Plus & Resale Minus Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 8: Comparable Profits Method & TNMMDr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 15 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 22 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Capstone Week March 1

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services (William Byrnes course materials) syllabus

Texas A&M, an annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Courses, Uncategorized | Tagged: , | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence Dec. 7, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on December 7, 2020


Well, it looks like there will be a work-around for the SALT cap that was enacted under the Trump tax reform bill, at least for taxpayers who own pass-throughs. The IRS has officially announced that those pass-through entities can pay (and then deduct) the SALT taxes above the $10,000 limit.  Also, those who took our PPP loans for $2 million or more are getting a rather detailed questionnaire from the SBA inquiring about the economic necessity of those loans. Recall that PPP loans of less than $2 million are presumed to be requested in good faith, so this doesn’t apply to those borrowers. Happy Thanksgiving (or Zoomsgiving)!

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

IRS Offers Guidance on Covid-19 Era Qualified Transportation BenefitsWith so many employees working from home for the bulk of 2020, employees have begun to question whether they will lose their unused qualified transportation benefits.  Some employees are driving rather than using public transit–and others aren’t commuting at all.  The IRS recently released an information letter explaining that unused qualified transportation benefit amounts can be rolled over to subsequent periods and used for future commuting expenses.  To qualify, the employee must have made a valid compensation reduction election and remain employed by the employer in the subsequent period.  Further, the IRS confirmed that unused amounts could be applied to other types of qualified transportation benefits, including parking, if the employer offers that benefit.  On the other hand, the IRS noted that refunds of unused qualified transportation benefits are not permitted if those benefits are provided through a compensation reduction agreement.  For more information on qualified transportation benefits, visit Tax Facts Online.  Read More

SBA Issues PPP Loan Necessity Questionnaires to PPP Loan RecipientsIn a surprise move, the SBA has begun asking paycheck protection program (PPP) lenders to issue loan necessity questionnaires to recipients of loans of at least $2 million.  The questionnaires are detailed and request significant information, and were issued without warning or fanfare.  It’s expected that these information requests might be used in enforcement of PPP loan requirements or in determining eligibility for forgiveness.  According to the SBA, the forms will be used to evaluate whether a recipient’s loan was made necessary by economic uncertainty.  Information provided in the forms must be certified under threat of criminal action for false statements.  The questions essentially ask borrowers to certify actual detrimental economic impact.  Borrowers will also have to provide information about local Covid-19 shutdown orders, other CARES Act aid, financial information and compensation to highly compensated owners and employees.  Upon receipt, the borrower has only 10 days to complete the questionnaire and submit supporting documents.  For more information on the PPP loan program, visit Tax Facts Online.  Read More

IRS Regs Bless SALT Cap Workarounds for Pass-Through EntitiesThe IRS has released regulations confirming that partnerships and S corporations who pay entity-level taxes at the state level can deduct those taxes on their federal income tax returns.  By now, most people are familiar with the $10,000 SALT deduction cap created by the 2017 tax reform legislation.  High-tax state governments have attempted to create workarounds that would allow taxpayers to get around this cap.  At the individual level, the IRS has responded to shut those efforts down.  The recent regulations confirm, however, that the entity is permitted the deduction for state-level taxes even if the entity could have elected to pass the tax liability through to the actual individual owners.  For more information on the SALT cap, visit Tax Facts Online.  Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin on January 19 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence December 3, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on December 3, 2020


This week, we examine the new October regs (subscribers received this analysis the next day) on the process of establishing an ABLE account. The new rules provide increased flexibility in terms of who can establish the account, which may be an important factor when support for the beneficiary comes from multiple family members. We also have additional clarification on the Small Business Exemption to the Business Interest Deduction rules and a new online resource from the IRS that assists those who are closing a business. . .

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Final ABLE Account Regulations Offer New Flexibility

The IRS final ABLE account regulations broaden the range of parties who are eligible to establish an account.  Under the new rules, the beneficiary can designate any person to establish an account on their behalf.  If the beneficiary is unable to designate a person, the account can be set up by an agent under a power of attorney, a conservator, legal guardian, spouse, parent, sibling, grandparent or representative payee appointed by the Social Security Administration (in that order of priority).  The ABLE program itself is entitled to rely upon the person’s certification that he or she is authorized to set up the account for the benefit of a disabled person, and that there is no person with a higher priority who is willing and able to set up the account.  Similarly, the person who establishes the account will generally have signature authority over the account.  For more information on the ABLE Account rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Clarifies Small Business Exemption to Business Interest Deduction Rules

The 2017 tax reform legislation changed the general rules for deducting business interest.  While the 2020 CARES Act relaxed the new limitations, the new rule generally limits the business interest deduction.  Small businesses that are not tax shelters are not subject to the new limits if they pass the gross receipts test (by having average annual gross receipts of no more than $26 million for the past three tax years).  Related entities are generally aggregated if they’re aggregated for other tax code purposes.  In past years, some small businesses were uncertain whether they fell into the definition of “tax shelter” because there was some uncertainty in the way “syndicate” was defined–multiple definitions apply in different tax code sections.  The IRS clarified this by releasing proposed regulations specifying that “syndicate” is defined using the Treasury Regulation Section 1.448-1T(b)(3) definition.  Because of this, only small businesses that have passive investors who are actually allocated losses are treated as tax shelters that are ineligible.  For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Creates Online Resource for Closing a Business

Unfortunately, many small business owners have been forced to close due to the economic fallout of the Covid-19 pandemic.  The IRS has now created an online resource giving business owners step-by-step information about how to close a business.  The website reminds taxpayers that they are required to file a final tax return for the year the business closes.  The relevant form will depend upon the type of business entity involved.  Employers are also required to pay employees all compensation that they’re owed—and must pay related employment taxes on those wages.  They must also report any payments in excess of $600 made to independent contractors.  The business should also close all business accounts and cancel their EIN by sending a letter to the IRS.  For more information on the tax obligations of employers, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. < Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Pensions, Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence December 1, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on December 1, 2020


This week we analyze important end of tax year issues for businesses and Social security recipients. First, the SBA has announced a new streamlined forgiveness application for PPP loans of $50,000 or less (which is most of them). This is important for both the businesses that received the PPP funds and for the banks that will have to process the forgiveness applications; both should see their workloads greatly reduced. We also see the new Social Security COLA numbers for 2021, which as expected do not contain any dramatic changes.

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Streamlined PPP Loan Forgiveness for Small Loans

Many small businesses that received Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans are now near or past the end of their “covered period”–meaning that it’s time to apply for loan forgiveness.  Determining eligibility for loan forgiveness is much more complex than expected.  The Small Business Administration (SBA) has released a streamlined application that can be used by business owners who borrowed $50,000 or less.  For more information on the PPP loan program, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

2021 Inflation-Adjusted Limit for Excepted Benefit HRAs

In 2019, the IRS created a new “excepted benefit” HRA structure.  Unlike the also-new individual coverage HRAs, employers can offer both the excepted benefit HRA and group health insurance coverage to the same employee.  The employee is not required to actually enroll in the group health coverage. For 2021, the contribution limit for these savings vehicles is $1,800 per year. For more information on the new HRA rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

2021 Cost-of-Living Adjustments for Social Security Recipients

The Social Security Administration has announced the cost of living adjustments applicable for 2021, including a 1.3 percent increase in monthly benefits paid to Social Security recipients (the COLA increase for 2020 was 1.6 percent). Social Security “COLA” adjustments are tied to the consumer price index each year.  Based on the 1.3 percent increase, it is estimated that the annual Social Security earnings cap will be increased from $137,700 to $142,800 for 2021.  For more information on the Social Security tax, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin on January 18 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. < Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

  • Rank 11th “Best Public Colleges” Money’s Best Colleges Report, 2019
  • Texas A&M ranks #1 in Texas, #1 in the SEC, and #12 in the U.S. in Washington Monthly’s 2020 overall college rankings based on the quality of education, accessibility, graduation rates, student involvement, and research: see tx.ag/WashMonth20

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence Nov 25, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on November 25, 2020


This week we analyze the proposed regulations from the DOL on determining who is (and is not) an independent contractor. This has become a hot issue in light of the new rules that California has passed for companies operating there and the impact that they may have on “gig economy” companies. California’s rules are still tied up in litigation, and it remains to be seen how the new DOL rules might affect them. We also have updates on new rules for bonus depreciation for partnerships and withholding on periodic retirement and annuity payments.

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

DOL Proposes New Test for Determining Independent Contractor Status

The DOL released a proposed rule that would address when a worker will be treated as an independent contractor for tax purposes. A new economic reality test would apply and consider (1) the nature and degree of the worker’s control over the work and (2) the worker’s opportunity for profit or loss. If the worker sets their own schedule, chooses assignments, works with little or no supervision and can work for others, the circumstances weigh in favor of independent status. For more information on employment classification, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Final Bonus Depreciation Rules Give Partnerships a Valuable Tax Break

The IRS final bonus depreciation rules made one change that could prove valuable to partnerships. The 2017 tax reform legislation allows certain used property to qualify for bonus depreciation. However, anti-churning rules apply to prevent abuse. Under the 2019 proposed rules, a partner was treated as having a prior interest in property if the partner was a partner in a partnership at any time that the partnership owned the property. The final regulations revoked the look-through rule because of the administrative burden of enforcement. Under the final rules, taxpayers are not considered to have previously owned property if that property is disposed of within 90 days of its placed-in service date, as long as the asset is not purchased and placed in service again within the same tax year. For more information on the bonus depreciation rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Releases Final Regs on Withholding on Periodic Retirement and Annuity Payments

The IRS has finalized regulations that clarify tax withholding rules for periodic retirement and annuity payments. Pre-tax reform, the default withholding rate was based on a married taxpayer with three withholding exemptions. Post-reform, the personal exemption has been suspended and Congress directed the Treasury to provide updated withholding rules The IRS has also announced that it intends to release a revised 2021 Form W-4P. The regulations apply to payments made after December 31, 2020. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin on January 18 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Ranked in top 20 public universities by Wall Street Journal / Times Higher Education (2020)

#1 endowment for U.S. public universities, #7 overall

#1 of U.S. public universities for a superior education at an affordable cost

#1 for most CEOs employed by Fortune 500

Rank 11th “Best Public Colleges” Money’s Best Colleges Report, 2019

Texas A&M ranks #1 in Texas, #1 in the SEC, and #12 in the U.S. in Washington Monthly’s 2020 overall college rankings based on the quality of education, accessibility, graduation rates, student involvement, and research: see tx.ag/WashMonth20

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a Comment »

U.S. and E.U. International Tax, Transfer Pricing Courses Start Jan 19, 2021

Posted by William Byrnes on November 24, 2020


Based on weekly case studies created by the faculty, supported by reading/text materials, pre-recorded videos with PPTs, and audio podcast files made by the faculty – twice-weekly Zoom live sessions (recorded as well) of 90 – 120 minutes wherein students in teams work through the case studies generally from an assigned stakeholder perspective. Access to the extensive Texas A&M library for case study research includes by example: Lexis, Westlaw, IBFD, Kluwer-Cheetah, Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), S&P CapIQ, FITCH, among several others. Apply for Texas A&M’s courses here.

  • Transfer Pricing Risk Management I Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data
  • Transfer Pricing Risk Management II: Intangibles, Services, Pillar 1/Digital, Formulary
  • U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology)
  • E.U. Tax Risk Management

U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) syllabus

E.U. Tax Risk Management syllabus

  • Week 1 March 8, 2021 E.U. General Framework of Compliance Tax Risk Management Dr. Eva Andrés (Barcelona)
  • Week 2 March 15, 2021 Parent Subsidiary Directive, Interest, Royalties. Dr. Santiago Ibañez Marcilla
  • Week 3 March 22, 2021 The European Union proposal on a carbon border tax and its compatibility with the World Trade Organization rules Dr. Xavier Fernández Pons
  • Week 4 March 29, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds) and others Fundamental Freedoms. Dr. Eva Andrés & Dr. Andreu Olesti
  • Week 5 April 5, 2021 Cross-Border Losses – Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 6 April 12, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse – Dr. Bruno da Silva
  • Capstone Week April 19-25: Build a client case study, wrap up

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data (William Byrnes course materials) syllabus

  • Week 1 January 19 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva & William Byrnes
  • Week 2 Jan 25 CUP & Comparables Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Feb 1 Cost Plus & Resale Minus Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 8: Comparable Profits Method & TNMMDr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 15 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 22 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Capstone Week March 1

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services (William Byrnes course materials) syllabus

Texas A&M, an annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Courses | Tagged: , | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence Nov 23, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on November 23, 2020


This week we analyze two updates on how the CARES Act is impacting retirement plans. First, we have additional information about re-contributing COVID hardship distributions for qualified plans. Recall that the CARES Act offers a generous window in which to make those re-contributions, so this may be an important topic for end-of-the year tax planning. We also see an update for single-employer defined benefit plans, including some important deadlines. Happy tax reading for Thanksgiving week!

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Clearing up Confusion About Re-Contributing Coronavirus-Related Retirement Distributions

The CARES Act relaxed the hardship distribution rules so that plan participants suffering hardships because of the coronavirus pandemic could access their retirement savings. The law also allows participants to re-contribute those funds within three years of the distribution without penalty. Employer-sponsored plans, however, are only able to accept rollovers from participants (and sometimes new hires). Therefore, if an employee takes their entire account balance as a coronavirus-related hardship distribution and later stops working for the employer, the person is no longer a participant or new hire. For more information on the rules regarding CRDs, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Agencies Offer New CARES Act Contribution Relief for Single-Employer Defined Benefit Plans

Sponsors of defined benefit plans are generally required to pay premiums annually to the PBGC. Calculating the premium amount is complex. The first factor imposes a flat-rate, per-participant amount. The second portion is variable, and is based on the plan’s unfunded vested benefits. In calculating this amount, the sponsor is allowed to include any contributions made up to the filing due date. The CARES Act extended the deadline for making a 2019 defined benefit contribution until January 1, 2021. For more information on the defined benefit plan funding rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Issues Final Regs on Post-TCJA Deductions for Estates and Non-Grantor Trusts

The IRS has released final regulations to clarify that estates and non-grantor trusts are entitled to take certain deductions even after the 2017 tax reform legislation eliminated miscellaneous itemized deductions and suspended the personal exemption for 2018-2025. Generally, non-grantor trusts are entitled to deduction otherwise deductible expenses that would not be incurred but for the fact that the property or assets are held in trust. For more information on the taxation of trusts and estates, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin on January 18 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Pensions, Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: , , | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence Nov 20, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on November 20, 2020


This week we look at the three sets of updates from the IRS regarding various SECURE Act changes (subscribers will find our coverage the same week as the release in Tax Facts Online). First, we have guidance for employers on vesting schedules for long-term part-time employees. Next is an update on how QCDs are affected by (newly) deductible qualified plan contributions made after age 70½. Finally, we have guidance that accepting contributions from plan holders who are past age 70½ is not mandatory, and may be disallowed by financial institutions.

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

IRS Offers Guidance on Vesting Rules for Long-Term, Part-Time Employees Post-SECURE Act

The SECURE Act generally amends the 401(k) qualification rules to allow participation for certain long-term, part-time employees. IRC Section 401(k)(15)(B)(iii) provides special vesting rules for employees who become eligible to participate solely by reason of having completed three consecutive 12-month periods where the employee completed at least 500 hours of service (long-term, part-time employee). The rule providing that 12-month periods beginning before January 1, 2021 are not taken into account does not apply for purposes of the vesting rules. Generally, all years of service with the employer maintaining the plan must be taken into account for purposes of determining a long-term, part-time employee’s nonforfeitable right to employer contributions under the special vesting rules in § 401(k)(15)(B)(iii). For purposes of determining whether a long-term, part-time employee has a nonforfeitable right to employer contributions (other than elective deferrals), each 12-month period for which the employee has at least 500 hours of service is treated as a year of service. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Provides Details on Reducing Excludable QCDs Caused by Deductible Post-70½ Contributions

The SECURE Act amended the rules governing qualified charitable distributions (QCDs), which are distributions from an individual’s IRA, made directly to charity on or after age 70½. The amendment provides that the excludable amount of QCDs for a taxable year is reduced by the aggregate amount of IRA contributions deducted for the year and any earlier taxable years in which the individual was age 70½ or older by the last day of the year (post-age 70½ contributions). The excludable amount of QCDs for a taxable year is not reduced by the amount of post-age 70½ contributions that caused a reduction in the excludable amount of QCDs for earlier taxable years. For more information on the IRS guidance, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Provides Clarity on SECURE Act Post-70½ IRA Contributions

The IRS has released guidance clarifying that while the SECURE Act removed the age 70½ restriction on making traditional IRA contributions, the provision is not mandatory. In other words, financial institutions can choose whether or not to accept IRA contributions after the account owner has reached age 70½. If the financial institution does choose to accept post-70½ contributions, the institution must amend its contracts to provide for the change. The IRS has announced that it plans to release revised model IRAs and prototype language to help reflect these changes. Further, the IRS guidance clarifies that post 70½ contributions cannot be used to offset RMDs—the contributions and distributions are treated as separate transactions. For more information on the IRA contribution rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin on January 18 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: , , | Leave a Comment »

TaxFacts Intelligence Nov 19, 2020

Posted by William Byrnes on November 19, 2020


There is an updated self-certification process for taxpayers who miss the 60-day rollover deadline. The new process is easier than obtaining a PLR, but it is still only available in a limited set of circumstances. Notably, one of those circumstances is an extreme illness of the taxpayer or a family member, so there may be some COVID-related relief available. Also, we have the new 2021 inflation-adjusted tax numbers! Many of them stayed the same in our current low-inflation environment, but the estate tax exemption is up to $11.7 million.

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Retirement Plan Contribution Limits for 2021 Remain Steady; Estate Tax Exemption Soars

The IRS has released the 2021 inflation-adjusted figures to be used for determining deductible retirement plan contributions, tax brackets and a number of other relevant figures.  In the retirement arena, contribution limits will remain steady–401(k) pre-tax contribution limits remain at $19,500 and catch-up limits remain at $6,500.  IRA contribution limits similarly remain at $6,000.  For 2021, every individual can exempt up to $11.7 million from the federal estate tax (up from $11.58 million).  The annual $15,000 gift tax exclusion remained unchanged.  For more information on the rules on deductible retirement contributions, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Instructions for 2020 Forms 1094/1095 Contain New ICHRA Reporting Information

The instructions for Forms 1094 and 1095 contain reporting information for clients who have decided to offer individual coverage health reimbursement arrangements (ICHRAs) beginning in 2020.  ICHRAs allow employers to reimburse employees for the cost of individual health insurance premiums without violating the ACA market reform rules.  Forms 1095-B and 1095-C are provided to both the IRS and the employee who receives coverage.  The employee’s ICHRA contributions now count for purposes of determining whether the employee’s contribution is affordable.  For more information on ICHRAs, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Updates Self-Certification Process for Taxpayers Who Miss Retirement Plan Rollover Deadline

Missing the 60-day rollover deadline for tax-free transfers between retirement accounts can cause considerable problems for a client.  In the past, the only way to correct a delayed rollover was to obtain a private letter ruling (PLR) directly from the IRS.  Now, certain clients are eligible to self-certify to avoid the time and expense of obtaining a PLR.  Circumstances that qualify for a waiver via self-certification include: (1) an error was committed by the financial institution, (2) the distribution check was misplaced and never cashed, (3) the taxpayer’s principal residence was severely damaged, (4) a member of the taxpayer’s family died, (5) the taxpayer or a member of his or her family was severely ill, (6) a postal error occurred or (7) restrictions were imposed by a foreign country.  For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin on January 18 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Free Webinar Today | What will be the biggest tax implications for 2021?

Posted by William Byrnes on November 18, 2020


New RMD tables! SECURE Act 2.0? Should you defer SALT expenses until 2021? Tune into Tax Facts Online this week for these exciting updates! Also, check it out, we’re having a webinar today at 2pm CST (Dallas/Chicago time)

Free Webinar | What will be the biggest tax implications for 2021?

Between an election year and a worldwide pandemic, 2020 has left tax and financial planners with a LOT to consider, and the new year is just around the corner. Join the expert-authors behind Tax Facts in this free, live webinar as they discuss important questions many will have about the state of tax in 2021, including potential changes, implications, and more. Register Here

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Bipartisan Retirement Legislation Dubbed “SECURE Act 2.0”

New retirement legislation with bipartisan support would expand upon the changes made by the 2019 SECURE Act to promote more options and greater retirement security for millions of Americans.  Importantly, if passed, the law would increase the required minimum distribution age from 72 to 75.  It would promote auto-enrollment in new employer retirement plans and also provide an expanded tax credit for small business owners who offer a retirement savings option.  The law would provide more options for clients approaching retirement age by allowing greater “catch up” options for clients who are at least 60.  Employers would also be able to provide an employer matching contribution to employees who are unable to contribute to retirement accounts, but instead use funds to pay down student loans.  The law would also ease the burden for clients who make honest mistakes while managing their own IRAs.  For more information about some of the sweeping changes made by the SECURE Act late in 2019, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Updated RMD Tables

Although RMDs were waived for 2020, the IRS recently released final and updated tables that are used in calculating taxpayers’ required minimum distributions (RMDs) from traditional retirement accounts.  However, the IRS has also announced that the new tables won’t apply in calculating 2021 RMDs (existing tables remain in effect for 2021).  Starting in 2022, savers who have reached age 72 (up from age 70 1/2 prior to 2020) will be entitled to use the updated life expectancy tables.  For more information on the RMD rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Defer SALT Expenses Until 2021?

By this point, we’re all familiar with the cap on the deduction for state and local taxes (SALT) that was put into place for 2018-2025.  With the uncertainty of an election year looming, some taxpayers might wonder whether they can take any steps to maximize the value of these deductions.  The answer is: maybe.  For more information on the SALT cap, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience: Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone. All four volumes of Tax Facts in print PLUS

  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: , | Leave a Comment »

What will be the biggest tax implications for tax season 2021 for your financial advisory clients? free TaxFacts webinar

Posted by William Byrnes on November 17, 2020


Wed, Nov 18, 2020 1:00 PM – 2:00 PM CST (Dallas time) Register for the Webinar Here


Between an election year and a worldwide pandemic, 2020 has left tax and financial planners with a LOT to consider, and the new year is just around the corner. Join the expert-authors behind Tax Facts in this free, live webinar as they discuss important questions many will have about the state of tax in 2021, including potential changes, implications, and more.

It can be difficult to keep up with the latest industry changes – make sure you’re prepared for next year and how certain policies may affect your clients and their retirement plans, both immediately and long-term!

If you have questions about the webinar, please contact Dana Wan at dwan@alm.com. Register for the Webinar Here

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience: Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone. All four volumes of Tax Facts in print PLUS

  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

From Tax Facts Online Q3757. What is the limit on elective deferrals to employer-sponsored plans?

By way of example, here is the recently updated Tax Facts Q&A on the 2021 retirement plan contribution limits. Look for more great updates from Tax Facts soon! Read More

From Tax Facts Weekly September 10, 2020: The Trump payroll tax deferral has been announced, and we have details below. It’s optional, and there are a lot of questions about how it will work now and in early 2021 when the deferred payroll taxes would be due (assuming no legislative changes occur between now and then). We also have an interesting update from the DOL on how schools’ reopening plans might impact employees’ right to paid leave under the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA). Given the wide variety in schools’ opening plans there may be some interesting scenarios to play out related to staff paid leave if they are affected by the Corona virus.

Trump Payroll Tax Deferral Program Now Available

Beginning September 1, employers have the option of deferring the employee portion of the payroll tax through December 31, 2020. Employers can choose to stop withholding the 6.2% employee portion of the Social Security tax for employees who earn less than around $4,000 bi-weekly (pre-tax), but are required to continue contributing the employer half. However, employees should note that under current IRS guidance, deferred payroll taxes must be repaid during the period beginning January 1, 2021 and ending April 30, 2021. Taxes that are not repaid during that period will accrue interest and penalties, and employers can pass those amounts on to employees who have not repaid their deferral amounts. While it remains possible that Congress could pass legislation to forgive any payroll taxes that are deferred during 2020, it is far from certain. For more information on payroll tax relief provided in response to COVID-19, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

DOL Releases New Guidance in Response to School Reopening Plans

The DOL has released additional FAQ on how a school’s reopening plans might impact employees’ right to paid leave under the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA). The IRS examined various scenarios and provided clarification on each. If the child’s school remains closed to in-person instruction (so that only remote learning is offered), the employee has a qualifying reason to take FFCRA leave. If the school offers a hybrid program, so that students attend school in-person on certain days and receive remote instruction on other days, employees have a qualifying reason, but only with respect to the days that their children are not eligible for in-person instruction. If it is completely up to the family whether to send the child to school every day or keep the child home for remote instruction, the employee does not have a qualifying FFCRA leave reason. This is true regardless of whether the family keeps the child home out of fear of contracting COVID-19. For more information on the availability of FFCRA leave, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Provides Relief for Victims of Hurricane Laura

The IRS has extended various deadlines for victims of Hurricane Laura. Victims located in FEMA-designated disaster areas qualify to extend tax filing and payment deadlines that occurred starting August 22, 2020 through the end of the year. Taxpayers who extended their 2019 federal income tax filing deadline to October 15 now have until December 31, 2020. For information on the casualty loss rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Uncategorized | Tagged: , | Leave a Comment »

Earn your Texas A&M Transfer Pricing certificate w/ live team-based weekly case studies starting January 19

Posted by William Byrnes on November 11, 2020


Transfer Pricing Risk Management I and II: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data, Intangibles, and Services

The back-to-back courses are limited to a maximum 30 certificate participants and degree seekers: Application HERE

William Byrnes, author of the leading transfer pricing treatise, leads a team of hands-on transfer pricing professionals and professors (see links below) who created weekly case studies for teams to work through, facilitated by Zoom on Tuesday at 9am Central (Dallas) time and Fridays at 9am (live session lasts at least 90 minutes and is recorded, available to students until May 1 (then deleted in compliance with FERPA and other rights). The Teams present their proposals and results critiqued and discussed by the teams and professors. See example live session on YouTube here

  • Week 1 January 19 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 2 Jan 25 CUP & Comparables Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Feb 1 Cost Plus & Resale Minus Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 8: Comparable Profits Method & TNMMDr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 15 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 22 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 7 Capstone March 1 (Hands-On Week with Financial Databases for Comparables Management) Dr. Debora Correa Talutto Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and CrossBorder AI Solutions Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 8 March 8 Intangibles Royalty Rates CUT, CPM Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 9 March 15 CSA Intangibles Buy In/Out Dr. George Salis
  • Week 10 March 22 Digital Business Unitary Apportionment Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 11 March 39 Digital Value Chain, Internet of Things Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 12 April 5 U.S. v OECD v UN Manual case study Extractive Industries, Financing Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 13 April 12 Restructuring the Business, Services case study Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 14 Capstone April 19 Hand-On Week with Tax Technology to Manage Risk William Byrnes
  • Other guest experts/professors will be joining with case studies

Weekly course materials include in the tuition: the Lexis textbook and supplement materials, pre-recorded videos with PPTs, and audio podcast files made by the faculty (listen at the gym or when driving). Access to the extensive Texas A&M library for case study research includes as some examples: Lexis, Westlaw, IBFD, Kluwer-Cheetah, Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and S&P CapIQ.

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Courses | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

International Tax Risk Management course descriptions

Posted by William Byrnes on November 5, 2020


Courses are limited to maximum 30 participants: Application HERE

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

FALL COURSES

Int’l Taxation & Treaties I

Course description: This course, focused on residency-based taxation, and its companion focused on source-based taxation, is the primer for the concentration area of risk management addressing the tax function within a multinational enterprise (thus, aptly named international tax risk management). This course and the others within the tax risk management concentration provide a comparative overview of the tax law and accounting of significant trade nations, an overview of the application of tax treaties among countries, and a global holistic perspective for multinational tax risk planning. The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks. This course is co-taught by Professor William Byrnes who authored the course materials and Dr. Bruno da Silva.

Int’l Taxation & Treaties II

Course Description: This second course in a series of two courses is focused on sourced based taxation. The first course is focused on residency-based taxation. Together these courses are the primer for the concentration area of risk management addressing the tax function within a multinational enterprise(thus, aptly international tax risk management).This course and the others within the tax risk management concentration provide a comparative overview of the tax law and accounting of significant trade nations, an overview of the application of tax treaties among countries, and a global holistic perspective for multinational tax risk planning. The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks. This course is co-taught by Professor William Byrnes who authored the course materials and Dr. Bruno da Silva.

Domestic Systems International Tax Risk Management  

Course Description: Tax Risk Management: Domestic (Inbound) addresses the interaction of international taxation risk management and domestic systems.  This course continues with the tax diagnostic process started in International Tax & Treaties I and II, and the tax data risk analytics exposed to in International Tax Risk Management I, bringing tax data analytics into the domestic system diagnostic, and how technology supports the inbound tax investment analysis. The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks. This course is co-taught by a team of professors including Dr. Susana Bokobo, Dr. Maji Rhee, Elis Prendergast, Carson Le, and Hafiz Choudhury, supported by the authored materials of Professor William Byrnes.

Int’l Tax Risk Management II (Data, Analytics & Technology)

Course description: Int’l Tax Risk Management II Data, Analytics & Technology addresses the interaction of international taxation risk management, data, technology, and analytics.  Tax Risk Management II addresses the following issues: global supply chain and value allocation/apportionment, DEMPE, customs, taxation of IP and technology, and tax technology.  This course completes the trilogy of tax risk management courses and overlays the tax diagnostic process learned in International Tax & Treaties I and II, bringing tax data analytics into the diagnostic, and how technology supports a risk-based approach to managing the tax burden of a multinational. This course is co-taught by Dr. Niraja Srinivasan and Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann.

SPRING COURSES

Transfer Pricing Risk Management I: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data

Course description: This course introduces students to both theoretical and practical aspects of transfer pricing.  Topics include: valuation of cross-border transactions between units of a multinational enterprise; includes internal and external motivations for transfer pricing, managerial and economic approaches, estimates of transfer manipulation, arm’s length standard, U.S. and OECD rules and procedures, tax court cases, and ethical dilemmas. The expanding influence of the UN Manual’s approach to transfer pricing issues is contrasted throughout the main topics. Each week, an industry-based case study is undertaken in a team-based learning approach of student groups consisting of three team members each.  The industry case studies by example include Coffee, Technology, and Petroleum.

This course (Part I) is meant to be taken as the introduction with Transfer Pricing Part II as the advanced perspective.  Part I and Part II topics address strategy, compliance, and risk management.  Transfer Pricing Part I focuses on the topics of comparability, functional analysis and global value chain analysis, and the transfer pricing methods for tangibles and on data documentation (e.g. CbCR). Transfer Pricing Part II focuses on the transfer pricing methods applicable for intangibles and services. This course is led by Professor William Byrnes who has assembled a team including Dr. Lorraine Eden, Dr. George Salis, and Dr. Bruno Da Silva.

Transfer Pricing Risk Management II: Intangibles and Services

Course description: Topics include: valuation of cross-border transactions between units of a multinational enterprise; includes internal and external motivations for transfer pricing, managerial and economic approaches, estimates of transfer manipulation, arm’s length standard, U.S. and OECD rules and procedures, tax court cases, and ethical dilemmas. The expanding influence of the UN Manual’s approach to transfer pricing issues is contrasted throughout the main topics. Each week, an industry-based case study is undertaken in a team based learning approach of student groups consisting of three team members each.  The industry case studies by example include Coffee, Technology, and Petroleum.

This course is meant to be taken with Transfer Pricing Part I.  Part I and Part II topics address strategy, compliance, and risk management.  Transfer Pricing Part II focuses on the topics of comparability, functional analysis and global value chain analysis, and the transfer pricing methods for tangibles and services. Transfer Pricing Part II focuses on the transfer pricing methods applicable for intangibles, and on documentation (e.g. CbCR).  This course is led by Professor William Byrnes who has assembled a team including Dr. Lorraine Eden, Dr. George Salis, Dr. Debora Correa Talutto, Dr. Bruno Da Silva, and Hafiz Chouhury.

EU Tax Risk Management

Course description: The primary focus of the course will be on the E.U. general framework of compliance tax risk management. This includes: Parent Subsidiary Directive, Interest, Royalties, The European Union proposal on a carbon border tax and its compatibility with the World Trade Organization rules, Free Movement of Capital (investment funds) and others Fundamental Freedoms, Cross-Border Losses, ATAD, DAC 6, and Abuse of Law. The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks. This course is taught by a team that includes Dr. Eva Andrés, Dr. Santiago Ibañez Marcilla, Dr. Xavier Fernández Pons, Dr. Andreu Olesti, and Dr. Bruno da Silva.

U.S. International Tax Risk Management

Course description: This course considers the basic principles and policies governing the US taxation of international transactions using a risk management case-study approach addressing data.  Consideration will be given to both inbound (foreign investment in the US) and outbound (US investment abroad) transactions. We will analyze the US tax rules and the interaction between US and foreign tax systems through the operation of the tax credit and tax treaties, and more. Topics include: Outbound / FDII, Inbound / BEAT, Form 1120 Documentation and Check the Box, Subpart F & GILTI, PTEP, Form 5471, M&A and finally, FTCs. The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks. This course is co-taught by Melissa Muhammad and Neelu Mehrotra.

SUMMER COURSES

FATCA, CRS, AEoI and Tax Data Analytics

Course description: This course addresses the tax and compliance issues, then data collection, remediation, maintenance, and analytics issues of FATCA, CRS, and other types of AEoI.  The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks. The course materials are excerpted from William Byrnes’ treatise on FATCA and CRS. Learnings aids include weekly Camtasia videos covering the weekly PPT and case studies, supported by recorded audio podcasts. The professor team for this course includes: Professor William Byrnes who has prepared the course based on his treatise materials, Denise Hintzke, Melissa Muhammad, and Haydon Perryman.

Int’l Tax Risk Management I (Data, Analytics & Technology)

Course description: Int’l Tax Risk Management I introduces the Data, Analytics & Technology addresses the interaction of international taxation risk management, data, technology, and analytics.  Tax Risk Management II addresses the following issues: global supply chain and value allocation/apportionment, DEMPE, customs, taxation of IP and technology, and tax technology.  This course completes the trilogy of tax risk management courses and overlays the tax diagnostic process learned in International Tax & Treaties I and II, bringing tax data analytics into the diagnostic, and how technology supports a risk-based approach to managing the tax burden of a multinational. The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks. This course is co-taught by a team of professors including Dr. Knut Olson, Dr. Bruno Da Silva, David Deputy, Dr. Paula de Witte, Melissa Muhammad and Dr. Debora Correa Talutto.

Customs, Excise, VAT, GST, Sales and Risk Management

Course description: This course focuses on indirect taxation and its risk management.  The course will address importation of good, services, and intangibles from the perspective of a customs and a VAT regime. VAT sourcing rules, inputs and outputs will be described, and management of the tax risks emanating from overlapping regimes and complex supply chains.  The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks.

International Tax Risk Management III (Planning)

Course description: This course represents the capstone of the curriculum of tax risk management. This course presents complex MNE scenarios that require multiple tax mitigation scenarios, and thus corresponding risk assessment for each scenario. Multiple tax issues will overlap, the foundation of those issues addressed in the previous courses. The course is taught synchronously twice weekly using Zoom. Each week teams of 3-4 students, each with a chosen team role (e.g. develop PPT, develop presentation notes, make presentation), are assigned by the professor a stakeholder role to develop in the context of a case study.  The professors moderate the teams that discuss and moot with each other during a weekly live presentation session.  Teams generally use PPT and other presentation aids. The primary purpose of the course is to allow students to work through real world tax scenarios considering the planning risks and management of those risks.

Posted in Courses | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Estate Planning Update 2020-21 (Lexis)

Posted by William Byrnes on October 22, 2020


Texas Estate Planning Publication Update (2020) [Lexis permalink is here]

Highlights

Current Developments: In this Release 27 of Texas Estate Planning, Prof. William Byrnes analyzes the latest developments and decisions in the federal and Texas courts, including the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, the SECURE Act of 2019, as well as legislation and consideration resulting from the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic that impact estate planners.

Release 27 of Texas Estate Planning includes 21 chapter revisions of the latest rulings, regulations, cases, and inflationary adjustments, as well as the amendments and additions to law by the biennial 2019 86th Texas legislative session, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, the SECURE Act of 2019, and CARES Act of 2020. Highlights of this release include:

The SECURE Act. The SECURE Act that took effect in 2020 specifically targets estate planning opportunities for individual retirement accounts. The impact is analyzed in Chapter 1.

T.D. 9884; Treas. Reg. § 20.2010-1(c)The I.R.S. confirmed that gifts made during 2018 through 2025 will attach the transfer tax exemption amount applicable on the date of the gift, and thus allow credit for the higher pre-2026 amount post-2026 even though the transfer tax exemption will have reverted to the pre-2018 amount (adjusted for inflation). The impact is analyzed in Chapter 2.

State Imposition of Tax on Trust Income. Some states attempt to tax trust income based on the residency of the beneficiary. In North Carolina Department of Revenue v. The Kimberly Rice Kaestner 1992 Family Trust, the State of North Carolina imposed an income tax on accumulated income of an irrevocable trust created in New York because of the residency of three beneficiaries in North Carolina. The U.S. Supreme Court in a decision based on the specific facts of the case held that the tax violated the Due Process Clause. See Chapter 31.

Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act Exclusion. The IRS for 2018 reported that it received 34,092 total estate tax returns and 245,584 gift tax returns. Of the estate tax returns for 2018, the IRS reported that it received 5,484 taxable returns (which most likely relate to deaths in 2017) reporting $106 billion of estate gross assets and a tentative estate tax liability of $34 billion. The Urban Institute Tax Policy Center estimates that for 2020 only 1,900 estate tax returns will have tax owing of a total $16 billion.

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act Exclusion. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“TCJA”) increases from 2018 until 2026 the transfer tax exemption to $10 million per individual indexed for inflation so that for 2020 the amount is $11.58 million or $23.16 million per married couple. The 2020 annual gift tax exclusion for gifts made to a non-citizen spouse is $157,000. In 2026, the transfer tax exemption reverts back to the 2017 level indexed for inflation (in 2018 it would have been $5.6 million). All chapters have been updated to reflect these changes as well as the inflation adjustments of Rev. Proc. 2019-44.

U.S. Estate Tax Regime On High Net Wealth Immigrants. Chapter 7 analyzes planning strategies to mitigate exposure of foreign assets to U.S. estate tax.

IRS Settlement Offer For Microcaptives. See Chapter 5.

Author and Contributors

Professor William Byrnes of Texas A&M University School of Law and author of ten Lexis legal treatises is the author of Texas Estate Planning. He has assembled a team of preeminent subject matter experts as chapter contributors, including: Tena Fox (Leach & Fox), Terry Leach (Leach & Fox), Patrick McCormick (Drucker Scaccetti), Benjamin Terner (The Einstein Group), Kim Donovan Uskovich (Kelly Hart), and James Weller (Greenway Capital Advisors).

Interested in the two volumes of Estate Planning book? See here

Posted in Pensions, Retirement Planning, Taxation, Uncategorized, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

USA and EU international tax case studies start on January 19

Posted by William Byrnes on October 19, 2020


U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) (Zoom Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)

E.U. Tax Risk Management 3 credits (Zoom Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 March 8, 2021 General Framework & Fundamental Freedoms
  • Week 2 March 15, 2021 P/S + Interest / Royalty
  • Week 3 March 22, 2021 M&A directive
  • Week 4 March 29, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds) 
  • Week 5 April 5, 2021 Cross-Border Losses
  • Week 6 April 12, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse
  • Capstone Week April 19: tax compliance and technology

Weekly course materials include the written materials, pre-recorded videos, PPTs, and audio files (listen at the gym or when driving). Access to the extensive Texas A&M library for case study research includes as examples: Lexis, Westlaw, IBFD, Kluwer-Cheetah, Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and S&P CapIQ.

Courses are limited to maximum 20 participants: Application HERE

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Courses, Uncategorized | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

14 transfer pricing case studies start on January 19

Posted by William Byrnes on October 16, 2020


Transfer Pricing Risk Management I and II: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data, Intangibles, and Services

William Byrnes, author of the leading transfer pricing treatise, lead professor. Weekly case study teams work through, facilitated (Zoom) with a weekly expert/professor on Mondays at 9am Central (Dallas) time and then on Fridays at 9am the Teams present their proposals and results critiqued and discussed by the teams and professors.

  • Week 1 January 19 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 2 Jan 25 CUP & Comparables Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Feb 1 Cost Plus & Resale Minus Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 8: Comparable Profits Method & TNMMDr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 15 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 22 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 7 Capstone March 1 (Hands-On Week with Financial Databases for Comparables Management) Dr. Debora Correa Talutto Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and CrossBorder AI Solutions Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 8 March 8 Intangibles Royalty Rates CUT, CPM Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 9 March 15 CSA Intangibles Buy In/Out Dr. George Salis
  • Week 10 March 22 Digital Business Unitary Apportionment Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 11 March 39 Digital Value Chain, Internet of Things Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 12 April 5 U.S. v OECD v UN Manual case study Extractive Industries, Financing Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 13 April 12 Restructuring the Business, Services case study Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 14 Capstone April 19 Hand-On Week with Tax Technology to Manage Risk William Byrnes
  • Other guest experts/professors will be joining with case studies

Weekly course materials include the written materials, pre-recorded videos, PPTs, and audio files (listen at the gym or when driving). Access to the extensive Texas A&M library for case study research includes as examples: Lexis, Westlaw, IBFD, Kluwer-Cheetah, Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and S&P CapIQ.

Courses are limited to maximum 30 participants: Application HERE

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Courses | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (October 15, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on October 15, 2020


Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Prof. William H. Byrnes         Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

This week we have new info on the definition of “business interest” as it relates to the 2017 tax reform and CARES Act modifications. The IRS has released both final and proposed regs on the matter, and there are new rule changes regarding some of the ancillary costs that can come with debt issuance, such as commitment fees and guaranteed payments that are broadly categorized as “substitute” interest costs. We also see new regs on the elimination of qualified transportations benefits and updated deadlines for Form 1095.

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Final Business Interest Regs Relax Definition of “Business Interest” 

The IRS has released final regulations and a new set of proposed regulations on the deduction for business interest, which was modified by the 2017 tax reform legislation.  The new proposed IRS regulations on the business interest expense implement many of the new CARES Act provisions designed to help small business owners in 2020 and future years. While the final regulations largely mirror earlier proposed rules, one significant change relaxes the previous definition of “business interest”.  Under the proposed regulations, interest included commitment fees, debt issuance costs, guaranteed payments and other “substitute” interest costs.  Under the final rules, commitment fees and debt issuance costs are excluded from the definition of interest. For more information on the business interest deduction and the 2020 CARES Act changes, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Proposes Regs on TCJA Elimination of Qualified Transportation Benefits

The IRS issued proposed regulations on the 2017 tax reform legislation’s elimination of deductions for certain employer-provided transportation benefits.  Under the proposed rules, if the employer owns or leases the parking facility, the employer can elect to apply a general rule, or one of three simplified methods, for calculating the amount of nondeductible expenses.  Taxpayers may elect to apply the general rule or a simplified methodology for each taxable year and for each parking facility.  For more information on the simplified methods, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Provides New ACA Transition Relief for Employer Reporting

As usual, the IRS has released transition relief to extend the deadline for providing Form 1095-C to individuals from February 1, 2021 to March 2, 2021.  However, unlike other years, the IRS has indicated that absent comments indicating a need for future extensions, this will be the last year the extension applies.  The due date to furnish the Forms 1095-B and 1095-C to requisite individuals is extended from February 1, 2021 to March 2, 2021.  Form 1094-C and Form 1095-C that must be provided to the IRS are not subject to the extension.  The employer must furnish these filings to the IRS by March 1, 2021 if the filing is on paper and March 31, 2021 if the employer is filing electronically.  For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Uncategorized, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Pillar 1 and 2 Reports from the OECD

Posted by William Byrnes on October 13, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See example case study team based discussions, library access, meet the faculty via the YouTube link weekly topic here. Courses are limited to maximum 30 participants.

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data (William Byrnes lead professor, weekly leader below, several other guests join for discussions and case studies)

Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 January 13 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 2 Jan 20 CUP & Comparables Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Jan 27 Cost Plus & Resale Minus Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 3: Comparable Profits Method & TNMMDr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 10 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 17 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services (William Byrnes lead professor) Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 March 2 Intangibles Royalty Rates CUT, CPM Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 2 March 16 CSA Intangibles Buy In/Out Dr. George Salis
  • Week 3 March 23 Digital Business Unitary Apportionment Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 4 March 30 Digital Value Chain, Internet of Things Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 5 April 6 U.S. v OECD v UN Manual case study Extractive Industries, Financing Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 6 April 13 Restructuring the Business, Services case study Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 7 Capstone Hand-On Week with Financial databases “Tax Technology and the future of Transfer Pricing” Dr. Debora Correa Talutto April 20 – 26: Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and CrossBorder AI Solutions Dr. Debora Correa Talutto & William Byrnes

U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 January 10, 2021 Outbound / FDII Melissa Muhammad (IRS LB&I) melissamuhammadesq@gmail.com
  • Week 2 January 17, 2021 Inbound / BEAT Melissa Muhammad
  • Week 3 January 24, 2021 [check the box] Form 1120 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY mehrotra.neelu@gmail.com
  • Week 4 January 31, 2021 [Subpart F & GILTI, PTEP ] Form 5471 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 5 February 7, 2021 M&A or topic and Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 6 February 14, 2021 FTCs; wrap-up: Melissa Muhammad

E.U. Tax Risk Management 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 February 28, 2021 General Framework & Fundamental Freedoms
  • Week 2 March 7, 2021 P/S + Interest / Royalty
  • Week 3 March 21, 2021 M&A directive
  • Week 4 March 28, 2021 Cross-Border Losses
  • Week 5 April 4, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds)
  • Week 6 April 11, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse – Dr. Bruno da Silva
  • Capstone Week: Build a client case study, wrap up

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (October 8, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on October 8, 2020


 

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience: Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone. All four volumes of Tax Facts in print PLUS

  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Well, the August 31 deadline for repaying RMDs is a month behind us now, though the 60-day window still applies for later RMDs. Be sure to check out who is a qualifying individual below to see if the three-year repayment window applies. We also have some info on the new lifetime income estimates for 401(k) participants and some advice on making the most of an FSA this year.

Moving Beyond the August 31 RMD Repayment Deadline

Clients are excused from the RMD rules in 2020 because of the COVID-19 pandemic. Importantly, the IRS gave individuals until August 31, 2020 to repay any RMDs that were taken earlier in the year–even if the 60-day rollover window had already closed. Now that August 31 has come and gone, the usual 60-day rollover window will only help clients who took RMDs in July and August. However, clients should remember that “qualifying individuals” can repay their distributions at any time within three years of the distribution. Qualifying individuals include those who (1) have been diagnosed with COVID-19, (2) have a spouse or dependent who has been diagnosed, (3) have experienced financial hardship due to quarantine orders, layoffs, childcare obligations, etc. To learn more about who qualifies for repayment relief, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

DOL Releases Rules on SECURE Act Lifetime Income Estimates for 401(k) Participants

The SECURE Act requires plan sponsors to provide plan participants with certain projections designed to increase awareness of their accounts’ income-producing potential. Under the DOL interim final rule implementing this law, 401(k) plans and other ERISA-covered defined contribution plans must show plan participants the estimated monthly payment they could receive based upon their account balance and life expectancy. For more information on how the DOL has interpreted the law, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Health FSA Checkup: Understanding the Facts to Make the Most of FSAs in the COVID Era

Tax-friendly health payment options may be more important than ever in the wake of the COVID-19 global health emergency. Employees should take the time to gain an understanding of the benefits and limitations of various options. Health flexible spending accounts (FSAs) allow employees to save up to $2,750 (in 2020) pre-tax for use on health expenses incurred during the year. At the plan’s discretion, up to $550 can be carried over to 2021. Because of the “use it or lose it” rule, it’s important for clients to understand just when their health expenses are deemed incurred. To learn more about health FSAs, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

14 weeks of U.S. international tax, EU tax, and transfer pricing case studies starts January 11

Posted by William Byrnes on October 6, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See example case study team based discussions, library access, meet the faculty via the YouTube link weekly topic here. Courses are limited to maximum 30 participants.

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data (William Byrnes lead professor, weekly leader below, several other guests join for discussions and case studies)

Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 January 13 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva 
  • Week 2 Jan 20 CUP & Comparables  Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Jan 27 Cost Plus & Resale Minus  Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 3: Comparable Profits Method & TNMM Dr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 10 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 17 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden 

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services (William Byrnes lead professor) Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 March 2 Intangibles Royalty Rates CUT, CPM  Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 2 March 16 CSA Intangibles Buy In/Out Dr. George Salis
  • Week 3 March 23 Digital Business Unitary Apportionment Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 4 March 30 Digital Value Chain, Internet of Things Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 5 April 6 U.S. v OECD v UN Manual case study Extractive Industries, Financing Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 6 April 13 Restructuring the Business, Services case study Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 7 Capstone Hand-On Week with Financial databases “Tax Technology and the future of Transfer Pricing” Dr. Debora Correa Talutto April 20 – 26: Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and CrossBorder AI Solutions Dr. Debora Correa Talutto & William Byrnes

U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 January 10, 2021 Outbound / FDII Melissa Muhammad (IRS LB&I) melissamuhammadesq@gmail.com
  • Week 2 January 17, 2021 Inbound / BEAT Melissa Muhammad
  • Week 3 January 24, 2021 [check the box] Form 1120 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY mehrotra.neelu@gmail.com
  • Week 4 January 31, 2021 [Subpart F & GILTI, PTEP ] Form 5471 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 5 February 7, 2021 M&A or topic and Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 6 February 14, 2021 FTCs; wrap-up: Melissa Muhammad 

E.U. Tax Risk Management 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 February 28, 2021 General Framework & Fundamental Freedoms
  • Week 2 March 7, 2021 P/S + Interest / Royalty
  • Week 3 March 21, 2021 M&A directive
  • Week 4 March 28, 2021 Cross-Border Losses
  • Week 5 April 4, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds)
  • Week 6 April 11, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse – Dr. Bruno da Silva
  • Capstone Week: Build a client case study, wrap up

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (October 5, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on October 5, 2020


Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

This week we see a reminder from the IRS on tax treatment of unemployment compensation. This may be especially important this year with a large number of people receiving unemployment benefits, and the benefit levels being raised considerably for several months to deal with the COVID pandemic. Because withholding is not mandated, there is a greater risk of taxpayers owing a lot of money next year for unemployment benefits received this year.

IRS Reminder on Tax Treatment of Unemployment Compensation

In response to the fact that an unprecedented number of Americans are currently claiming unemployment benefits, the IRS has issued a reminder that these benefits are fully taxable. However, the IRS reminds taxpayers that withholding is completely optional. Taxpayers can elect to have a flat 10% withheld from their unemployment compensation and paid over automatically to the IRS. For more information on the rules for making estimated payments, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Proposed Regs on Post-TCJA Qualified Plan Loan Offsets

The IRS proposed regulations help clients with timing for rollover of qualified plan loan offset amounts. The ability to take a qualified plan loan can offer a valuable source of funding in an emergency. However, plan loans are governed by strict repayment rules. Violations can result in the participant’s account balance being reduced (offset) to repay the unpaid balance (after which it is treated as a taxable distribution). These rules are problematic if the employee is terminated or if the plan itself is terminated. TCJA gave these employees extra time to roll over qualified plan loan amounts to prevent unintended consequences. Instead of the 60-day rollover period, the borrower has until the income tax filing deadline to rollover the offset amount. The regulations provide that if the taxpayer files on time, an additional six-month window to complete the rollover will apply even if the taxpayer doesn’t request the extension. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

October 15 Deadline for Creditable Coverage Notice

Medicare-eligible individuals who do not enroll in Medicare Part D when first available, but who enroll later, must pay higher premiums permanently unless they have creditable prescription drug coverage. Higher premiums apply if the individual goes at least 63 consecutive days without creditable coverage. To help avoid this, employers are required to provide notice each year as to whether employer-provided coverage is creditable. This year, these notices are due by October 15, 2020. For more information on the creditable coverage requirement, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (October 2, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on October 2, 2020


Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

We don’t normally cover a lot from the EEOC here at Tax Facts, but this week has some relevant guidance pertaining to ending telework options. Right now companies are sending mixed signals about returning the office work, and it looks like the EEOC is recognizing that the situation may be different for different employers. We also have updates on using 401(k) funds for adoption expenses and Roth IRA conversions in the COVID era.

EEOC Confirms: Employers Are Not Required to Permit Telework Forever

The EEOC released guidance last week clarifying that employers who have permitted employees to work remotely during the pandemic are not required to continue to permit telework indefinitely. The EEOC guidance clarifies that the rules haven’t changed, so that employers are not required to continue to permit telework as a “reasonable accommodation” under the law. However, an employee’s ability to successfully complete all essential job requirements remotely may be a factor in considering whether a request for remote work is reasonable. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Provides Guidance on Exception for 401(k) Withdrawals for Qualified Birth or Adoption

The SECURE Act amended the IRC to allow qualified plan participants to withdraw up to $5,000 for a qualified birth or adoption without becoming subject to the 10% penalty on early distributions. The distribution must be taken within the one-year period following the birth or adoption. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Enhanced Benefits of Roth Conversions in the COVID-19 Era

Clients who have been considering a Roth conversion might want to take a second look, as 2020 has created a unique opportunity for clients to maximize the value of the Roth conversion strategy. The combination of relatively low tax rates and the potential for future tax hikes might make 2020 the ideal time to convert. Clients who convert traditional retirement funds to a Roth opt to pay income taxes on retirement funds now in exchange for a source of tax-free income in the future. With the federal deficit skyrocketing and the election just around the corner, it’s widely expected that tax rates will be higher in the near future than they are today. Clients might consider taking action to “lock in” 2020 tax rates by converting to a Roth. For more information about the details of a Roth conversion strategy, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (September 30, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on September 30, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Happy October Fest! Several states now allow employers to use federal forms (1094-C and 1095-C) for state reporting requirements. This may be the beginning of an interesting trend towards simplification of state filing requirements. Obviously, not everything from a federal filing translates directly into state filings (for example, many states treat pension income differently in an attempt to lure retirees), but often much of the information that is filed for a state is redundant to the respective federal forms.

California Allows Employers to Use Federal Forms 1094-C and 10-95-C. Will Other States Follow?

California and several other states have imposed their own state-level individual mandates that closely resemble the Affordable Care Act mandate (now reduced to $0). California’s mandate became effective in 2020. Recently, the state announced that employers can satisfy their state-level reporting responsibilities using the same forms that apply for federal purposes. Employers who offer health insurance to California residents must now also submit their Forms 1094-C and 1095-C to the state franchise tax board (as well as the IRS under federal rules that continue to require employer reporting). Currently, however, the state-level forms must be filed by January 31. Historically, the IRS has extended the federal deadline to March 2. Employers should continue to pay close attention to ensure both state and federal requirements are satisfied. For more information on the employer reporting obligations, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

PBGC CARES Act Relief for Defined Benefit Plans

Sponsors of defined benefit plans are generally required to pay premiums annually to the PBGC. Calculating the premium amount is complex. The CARES Act extended the deadline for making a 2019 defined benefit contribution until January 1, 2021. However, according to PBGC guidance, these contributions must be made by October 15, 2020 in order to be included in calculating the variable portion of the plan sponsor’s PBGC premium. Contributions paid before January 1, 2021 are not considered late, so the plan sponsor does not have to worry about incurring any additional filing obligations. For more information on the defined benefit plan funding rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Updated Model Safe Harbor Notice for Rollover Transactions

Retirement plan qualification rules periodically require employers to provide notice to participants who are eligible to take rollover distributions. In Notice 2020-62, the IRS released an updated safe harbor model notice that taxpayers can use under Section 402(f). That notice identifies several types of new distributions that are not eligible for rollover. This model notice can be modified, but is generally required for all 401(k), 403(b) and 457 plans that make distributions that are eligible for rollover to another retirement account. For more information on the notice requirements, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

 

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Pensions, Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Lecture and Live Class Videos from Transfer Pricing January 11 through April 30

Posted by William Byrnes on September 29, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals. Over 350 lawyers or accountants or economists are enrolled for Texas A&M Law’s graduate online programs – BUT sections remain 30 and under for maximum engagement among students and faculty per section.  Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester.  

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data (William Byrnes lead professor, weekly leader below, several other guests join for discussions and case studies) Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 January 13 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva 
  • Week 2 Jan 20 CUP & Comparables  Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Jan 27 Cost Plus & Resale Minus  Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 3: Comparable Profits Method & TNMM Dr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 10 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 17 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden 

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services (William Byrnes lead professor) Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 March 2 Intangibles Royalty Rates CUT, CPM  Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 2 March 16 CSA Intangibles Buy In/Out Dr. George Salis
  • Week 3 March 23 Digital Business Unitary Apportionment Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 4 March 30 Digital Value Chain, Internet of Things Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 5 April 6 U.S. v OECD v UN Manual case study Extractive Industries, Financing Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 6 April 13 Restructuring the Business, Services case study Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 7 Capstone Hand-On Week with Financial databases “Tax Technology and the future of Transfer Pricing” Dr. Debora Correa Talutto April 20 – 26: Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and CrossBorder AI Solutions Dr. Debora Correa Talutto & William Byrnes

U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 January 10, 2021 Outbound / FDII Melissa Muhammad (IRS LB&I) melissamuhammadesq@gmail.com
  • Week 2 January 17, 2021 Inbound / BEAT Melissa Muhammad
  • Week 3 January 24, 2021 [check the box] Form 1120 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY mehrotra.neelu@gmail.com
  • Week 4 January 31, 2021 [Subpart F & GILTI, PTEP ] Form 5471 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 5 February 7, 2021 M&A or topic and Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 6 February 14, 2021 FTCs; wrap-up: Melissa Muhammad 

E.U. Tax Risk Management 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 February 28, 2021 General Framework & Fundamental Freedoms
  • Week 2 March 7, 2021 P/S + Interest / Royalty
  • Week 3 March 21, 2021 M&A directive
  • Week 4 March 28, 2021 Cross-Border Losses
  • Week 5 April 4, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds)
  • Week 6 April 11, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse – Dr. Bruno da Silva
  • Capstone Week: Build a client case study, wrap up

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Courses, Transfer Pricing | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (September 28, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on September 28, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

The big news this week: A New York federal court vacated four DOL rules implementing the FFCRA paid leave provisions. The CARES Act provided relief to IRA owners by eliminating the need to take required minimum distributions for 2020. This relief also extends to certain beneficiaries of inherited accounts.

NY Federal Court Vacates Four Aspects of the DOL FFCRA Guidance

A New York federal court vacated four DOL rules implementing the FFCRA paid leave provisions. The court struck down the DOL “work availability” rule, meaning that employers may be eligible for paid leave even if there is no work available (assuming they meet the criteria for paid leave). The court also vacated the DOL definition of “healthcare provider” and partially invalidated the “intermittent leave” rules. Now, New York employers cannot require employees to gain consent for intermittent leave. Finally, the court ruled that employers cannot condition FFCRA leave on advance employee documentation of the details leading to the need for paid leave. Employers located in New York (and elsewhere) should review their policies and consult with advisors to determine the best course of action in light of the new uncertainty. For more information on the FFCRA paid leave rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS PLR Allows Employees to Allocate Contributions Between HRAs and a Profit Sharing Plan

The IRS recently blessed an amendment to a profit sharing plan that would also permit employees to make HRA contributions. The issue up for consideration was whether a profit sharing plan covering collectively bargained employees could be amended to allow participants to allocate contributions toward HRAs and the plan on an annual schedule (a default would apply in the absence of an election). The IRS found that the proposed amendment would not cause the plan to be treated as a 401(k), because it would not create an opportunity for participants to elect cash or to use the contributions to pay for taxable benefits. Therefore, the profit sharing plan would not offer a cash or deferred arrangement under IRC Section 401. The IRS also found that the arrangement would not violate the HRA rules. For more information on the profit sharing plan qualification rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Understanding CARES Act Relief for Inherited IRA Beneficiaries

The CARES Act provided relief to IRA owners by eliminating the need to take required minimum distributions for 2020. This relief also extends to certain beneficiaries of inherited accounts. Under pre-SECURE Act rules, certain inherited IRA beneficiaries were required to drain the account within five years of the original account owner’s death. Now, the CARES Act provides that if 2020 was one of those five years, it is not counted—essentially extending the distribution period to six years. This gives IRA beneficiaries the benefit of tax-free IRA growth for an additional year. For more information on the RMD rules for inherited IRAs, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Transfer Pricing Risk Management I and II January 11 – April 30. Weekly Case studies on Tangibles, Intangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data Analytics

Posted by William Byrnes on September 25, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See example case study team based discussions, library access, meet the faculty via the YouTube link weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data (William Byrnes lead professor, weekly leader below, several other guests join for discussions and case studies)

Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 January 13 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva 
  • Week 2 Jan 20 CUP & Comparables  Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 3 Jan 27 Cost Plus & Resale Minus  Dr. George Salis
  • Week 4 Feb 3: Comparable Profits Method & TNMM Dr. George Salis
  • Week 5 Feb 10 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
  • Week 6 Feb 17 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden 

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services (William Byrnes lead professor) Team-based case studies are live each Monday and Friday at 9am Central time.

  • Week 1 March 2 Intangibles Royalty Rates CUT, CPM  Dr. Debora Correa Talutto
  • Week 2 March 16 CSA Intangibles Buy In/Out Dr. George Salis
  • Week 3 March 23 Digital Business Unitary Apportionment Dr. Bruno Da Silva
  • Week 4 March 30 Digital Value Chain, Internet of Things Dr. Lorraine Eden
  • Week 5 April 6 U.S. v OECD v UN Manual case study Extractive Industries, Financing Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 6 April 13 Restructuring the Business, Services case study Hafiz Choudhury
  • Week 7 Capstone Hand-On Week with Financial databases “Tax Technology and the future of Transfer Pricing” Dr. Debora Correa Talutto April 20 – 26: Thomson OneSource, BvD (Moodys), and CrossBorder AI Solutions Dr. Debora Correa Talutto & William Byrnes

U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 January 10, 2021 Outbound / FDII Melissa Muhammad (IRS LB&I) melissamuhammadesq@gmail.com
  • Week 2 January 17, 2021 Inbound / BEAT Melissa Muhammad
  • Week 3 January 24, 2021 [check the box] Form 1120 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY mehrotra.neelu@gmail.com
  • Week 4 January 31, 2021 [Subpart F & GILTI, PTEP ] Form 5471 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 5 February 7, 2021 M&A or topic and Neelu Mehrotra: EY
  • Week 6 February 14, 2021 FTCs; wrap-up: Melissa Muhammad 

E.U. Tax Risk Management 3 credits (Tuesday and Sunday at 8am Central Dallas time zone)

  • Week 1 February 28, 2021 General Framework & Fundamental Freedoms
  • Week 2 March 7, 2021 P/S + Interest / Royalty
  • Week 3 March 21, 2021 M&A directive
  • Week 4 March 28, 2021 Cross-Border Losses
  • Week 5 April 4, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds)
  • Week 6 April 11, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse – Dr. Bruno da Silva
  • Capstone Week: Build a client case study, wrap up

Posted in Courses | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (September 24, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on September 24, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

The big news this week: A couple of COVID-related updates from the IRS. First, we have some guidance on the refundable FFCRA employment tax credits. We also some additional leeway is given on mid-year changes to 401(k), which again may be important if employers have seen the contribution patterns for their plans shift dramatically and are now concerned about being about pass nondiscrimination testing for the year. Both of these are fairly technical issues but may be important issues for employers as we approach the end of the year.

Employers Beware: IRS Guidance on Recapture of Excess FFCRA Employment Tax Credits

The IRS released rules providing for the recapture of refundable employment tax credits under CARES and FFCRA. Form 7200 now allows employees to claim advance payments of any amounts remaining. However, the IRS guidance makes clear that employers are required to reconcile any advance payments claimed on Form 7200 with total credits claimed and total taxes due on their employment tax returns. For more information on the credits, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Understanding IRS Relief for Safe-Harbor 401(k) Plans

In Notice 2020-52, the IRS provided relief allowing certain safe harbor plans to institute mid-year amendments to reduce or suspend safe harbor contributions. Safe harbor plans generally require employer matching contributions in exchange for exemption from the onerous 401(k) nondiscrimination testing rules. Even when employers are permitted to make changes mid-year, they must provide notice at least 30 days in advance. Under the IRS relief, the IRS clarified that contributions for highly-compensated employees are not safe harbor contributions–so they can always be reduced or suspended. The Notice also allows plan amendments reducing or suspending safe harbor contributions to non-highly compensated employees so long as they are made by August 31, 2020. To learn more about safe harbor plans, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Appeals Court Blesses Trump-Era Short-Term Health Insurance Plans

The D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals upheld the joint rule released by the DOL, Treasury and HHS that relaxed restrictions on short-term limited-duration insurance (STLDI) health plans. These plans are not required to satisfy the ACA requirements, including those that govern minimum essential health coverage. For more information on STLDI, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (September 21, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on September 21, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth and international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrollment this fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11 spring semester. See the international tax course list by > weekly topic here. <

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

The big news this week: One complication to the FFCRA and FMLA leave changes introduced by the CARES Act is the issue of W-2 reporting. While it’s not front-and-center in everyone’s mind right now, reporting season will come around again before you know it and the IRS has new guidance about how those types of leave should appear on an employee’s W-2. We also see updates on the Section 199A deduction for REIT shareholders and Premium Tax Credit-Related Inflation Adjustments for 2021.

IRS Provides Guidance on W-2 Reporting of FFCRA Paid Sick Leave and Expanded FMLA Leave

The Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA) requires smaller employers (under 500 employees) to provide paid sick leave and expanded FMLA leave for COVID-19-related reasons. IRS guidance requires W-2 reporting of those payments that provides important clarity for self-employed taxpayers. Self-employed taxpayers can claim a tax credit for FFCRA sick leave amounts. If they receive any FFCRA pay as an employee, they must reduce their credit amount by the amount paid by the employee. Because of this, employers are required to separately state the paid leave portion of employee compensation on their Form W-2, in Box 14. The employer can also report the FFCRA pay on a separate statement included with the employee’s W-2 for 2020. If the W-2 is provided electronically, the separate statement must be provided in the same manner and at the same time. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Final Rules Confirm: RIC Shareholders Receiving REIT Dividends Qualify for 199A Deduction

The IRS released final rules that allow dividends that a RIC shareholder receives from a REIT to qualify for the Section 199A deduction. These REIT dividends qualify for conduit treatment–so they are treated as though the shareholder received them directly. On the other hand, the treatment of qualified PTP income remains uncertain. The law itself states that directly received PTP income is eligible for the 20% deduction, but the IRS has not permitted similar conduit treatment for PTP income. This uncertainty could encourage more investors to invest directly in the PTP. For more information on the treatment of REIT dividends and PTP income in calculating the Section 199A deduction, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Releases Premium Tax Credit-Related Inflation Adjustments for 2021

The IRS has released the Affordable Care Act (ACA) premium tax credit-related inflation-adjusted numbers for use in 2021. In 2021, the percentage used to determine whether an individual is eligible for employer-sponsored health insurance that is affordable is 9.83 percent (up from 9.78 percent in 2020). This means that if the individual is required to contribute more than 9.83 percent of his or her household income toward health insurance in 2021, he or she may be eligible for premium tax credit assistance. For more information on determining when health coverage is deemed affordable for ACA purposes, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

 

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation, Wealth Management | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence (September 17, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on September 17, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law’s online wealth management, international tax risk management, and general risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals has attracted over 160 enrolled for fall semester. Apply now for courses that begin January 11. 

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

The big news this week: COVID hardship distributions for qualified plans was one of the headline features of the CARES Act, but Notice 2020-50 was recently released and deals with COVID distributions from nonqualified plans as well. Given the wide variety of nonqualified plans this could present some significant planning opportunities. We also see updates on excess parachute payments and proposed regs that would allow HRAs to reimburse expenses for concierge care, which is an increasingly popular option for many individuals and families..

IRS Guidance Sheds Light on Nonqualified Plan Election Rules

IRS Notice 2020-50 provided substantial guidance on the treatment of coronavirus-related distributions for both qualified and nonqualified plan purposes. With respect to Section 409A and nonqualified plans, the IRS confirmed that such a distribution would be treated as a hardship distribution. This allows nonqualified deferred compensation plans to amend their terms to allow either (1) automatic suspension of the individual’s deferral elections throughout 2020 or (2) the right for qualified individuals to elect to suspend their deferral elections during 2020. For more information on hardship and nonqualified deferred compensation plans, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Proposed IRS Regs Clarify Definition of “Excess Parachute Payment” for Tax-Exempt Tax Rules

Tax-exempt entities are subject to a 21 percent tax on excess compensation and excess parachute payments under the 2017 tax reform legislation. The IRS has proposed regulations clarifying that certain payments are exempt from the definition. However, amounts paid by the organization itself, a predecessor or related organization may also be included in the calculation. For more information on the new rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Proposed Regs Allow HRA Reimbursement for Concierge Care

The IRS proposed regulations on direct primary care arrangements impact the medical expense deduction, availability of HRA reimbursements and eligibility for HSA participation. Under the regulations, a direct primary care arrangement could be used for medical care or medical insurance and could also be reimbursed from an HRA. However, individuals covered by these arrangements would lose eligibility to contribute to an HSA under most circumstances. For more information on the types of expenses that HRAs can cover, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Retirement Planning, Wealth Management | Tagged: , , , | Leave a Comment »

Leaked OECD Pillar 1 and 2 Blueprints for download

Posted by William Byrnes on September 4, 2020


OECD Leaked Pillar 1 Blue Print (pp 227)

OECD Pillar 2 Leaked Blue Print (pp 257)

This note contains a draft report on the Blueprint of the Pillar One solution expected to be delivered in October. It is distributed to the delegates of the Inclusive Framework for comments. Delegates are invited to coordinate with their teams (delegates in the TFDE and relevant working parties) to provide one consolidated set of comments per jurisdiction.

In response to repeated requests for simplifications from Inclusive Framework members, a number of simplification features were developed and discussed at the last Steering Group meeting in July and subsequently presented to the working parties. These features, which have been included in this Blueprint, have implications across different building blocks (e.g. revenue thresholds,  segmentation and profit allocation).

The draft Blueprint reflects consensus views that emerged from this work as much as possible, but recognises that certain issues, both technical and political, are still pending. There are some elements (e.g. quanta and profitability thresholds) where Inclusive Framework members will make a final decision only as part of an overall political agreement. Chapter 1 contains the executive summary of the Blueprint, and the subsequent chapters describe in more detail each building block (chapters 2 to 10). In addition, a process map illustrating how the new taxing right (Amount A) will apply in practice is provided in Annex A.

 

10 reasons to apply for Texas A&M International Tax — request a brochure here https://info.law.tamu.edu/international-tax  (or apply online https://law.tamu.edu/distance-education/prospective-students/llm-mjur-application)

  1. International Tax courses are limited to 15 students.  Many have 9 – 12 for maximum interaction with the professors and each other in real-time Zoom discussion.  No one is ‘left out’. Everyone has a substantial weekly learning experience.
  2. Courses meet twice weekly on Zoom for 90 minutes (or more) to discuss the case study and the weekly issues, and then students in teams (generally of three) roll play the case study representing a stakeholder interest assigned by the professor/s in the second meeting, ending with a recap discussion of the case study. See an example case study moot on YouTube 
  3. Courses include original authored reading and study materials, original case studies, links to the robust tax library for current articles, analytical materials, and technology/data providers.
  4. Courses include weekly instructor video-lectures and/or audio podcasts.
  5. Degree options for all tax professionals — lawyers (Master of Laws, LL.M.) and accountants, economists, financial professionals (Master of Jurisprudence, M.Jur.)
  6. The founder Professor William Byrnes is the pioneer of Online Learning for Legal Education, having initiated the original version of this program in 1994 (see his LinkedIn Group of 27,000+ member network of former students, book subscribers, webinar attendees, and career contacts).
  7. The founder Professor William Byrnes is a leading international tax author with 10 annual treatises published by Lexis and Wolters Kluwer, and three Tax Facts titles by National Underwriter.
  8. Join the Texas A&M Aggie former student network of 500,000+ to open career and social doors (and watch Saturday SEC football games).
  9. 160+ current graduate enrollment for risk management, tax-risk management, and wealth management program.
  10. All students have access to Lexis, Westlaw, Bloomberg Law, Cheetah (formerly Kluwer-CCH), IBFD, Tax Analysts, S&P, BvD-Moodys, Thomson, OECD Library, and hundreds of other information resource providers (check out our university virtual libraries here and here)

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

FALL 2020 Semester (starts Aug 24 and ends Nov 30) 

International Tax & Tax Treaties I: Residency Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff), and William Byrnes (TAMU) 3 credits (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Aug 23 Domestic Tax Rights; Double Taxation; Tax Treaty Allocation Of Tax Rights
    • Week 2 Aug 30 Types Of Taxes; Tax Treaty Interpretation
    • Week 3: Sept 6 Tax Jurisdiction Over Persons, Tax Treaty Interpretation
    • Week 4: Sept 13 Tax Jurisdiction of Corporations; Tax Treaty Interpretation & Application
    • Week 5: Sept 20 Tax Jurisdiction of Entities
    • Week 6: Sept 27 U.S. Tax Reform / Pillar II
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology

International Tax Risk Management & Domestic Systems (Inbound) (meet Tuesdays and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Aug 23 national tax systems in general and inbound diagnostic Dr. Susana Bokobo, former global tax policy director Repsol
    • Week 2 Aug 30 Manuel Tron Mexico as an inbound diagnostic case study (President Emeritus, International Fiscal Association)
    • Week 3 Sept 6 Elis Prendergast (KPMG)
    • Week 4 Sept 13 Carson Le (KPMG)
    • Week 5 Sept 20 Dr. Maji Rhee (Waseda) Japan/Korea as inbound case studies
    • Week 6 Sept 27 Domestic Compliance Risk Matrix Hafiz Choudhury
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology for inbound domestic tax risk management

International Tax & Tax Treaties II: Source Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff), and William Byrnes (TAMU) 3 credits (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Oct 11 Tax of Business Income (PE, Nexus)
    • Week 2 Oct 18 Tax of Investment Income
    • Week 3: Oct 25 Taxation of Services and Employment Income (including DST)
    • Week 4: Nov 1 Double Taxation and Tax Credits
    • Week 5: Nov 8 Tax Accounting
    • Week 6: Nov 15 Introduction to Management of Tax and Data
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology

International Tax Risk Management II (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (meet Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Oct 11 Manufacturing I Dr. Niraja Srinivasan Pillar 1 (Dell Global Tax)
    • Week 2 Oct 18 Manufacturing II (DEMPE & Supply Chain) Niraja Srinivasan
    • Week 3 Oct 25 Manufacturing III (Customs) Niraja Srinivasan
    • Week 4 Nov 1 Tax of Patents / Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann (Daylight time ends, Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)
    • Week 5 Nov 8 Tax Risk & Tax Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann
    • Week 6 Nov 15 Tax Risk & Tax Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology for global tax risk management

additional spring and summer courses include: 

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data           Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services

E.U. Tax Risk Management                                                                                                 U.S. Tax Risk Management

FATCA, CRS, and AEoI (Law, Data, Systems)                                                                    International Tax Risk Management I (Data, Analytics & Technology)   

VAT                                                                                                                                      Customs

 

Posted in BEPS | Tagged: , , | Leave a Comment »

Team Based International Tax Case Studies Start August 24th – Apply to Join

Posted by William Byrnes on August 3, 2020


10 reasons to apply for Texas A&M International Tax — request a brochure here https://info.law.tamu.edu/international-tax  (or apply online https://law.tamu.edu/distance-education/prospective-students/llm-mjur-application)

  1. International Tax courses are limited to 15 students.  Many have 9 – 12 for maximum interaction with the professors and each other in real-time Zoom discussion.  No one is ‘left out’. Everyone has a substantial weekly learning experience.
  2. Courses meet twice weekly on Zoom for 90 minutes (or more) to discuss the case study and the weekly issues, and then students in teams (generally of three) roll play the case study representing a stakeholder interest assigned by the professor/s in the second meeting, ending with a recap discussion of the case study. See an example case study moot on YouTube 
  3. Courses include original authored reading and study materials, original case studies, links to the robust tax library for current articles, analytical materials, and technology/data providers.
  4. Courses include weekly instructor video-lectures and/or audio podcasts.
  5. Degree options for all tax professionals — lawyers (Master of Laws, LL.M.) and accountants, economists, financial professionals (Master of Jurisprudence, M.Jur.)
  6. The founder Professor William Byrnes is the pioneer of Online Learning for Legal Education, having initiated the original version of this program in 1994 (see his LinkedIn Group of 27,000+ member network of former students, book subscribers, webinar attendees, and career contacts).
  7. The founder Professor William Byrnes is a leading international tax author with 10 annual treatises published by Lexis and Wolters Kluwer, and three Tax Facts titles by National Underwriter.
  8. Join the Texas A&M Aggie former student network of 500,000+ to open career and social doors (and watch Saturday SEC football games).
  9. 160+ current graduate enrollment for risk management, tax-risk management, and wealth management program.
  10. All students have access to Lexis, Westlaw, Bloomberg Law, Cheetah (formerly Kluwer-CCH), IBFD, Tax Analysts, S&P, BvD-Moodys, Thomson, OECD Library, and hundreds of other information resource providers (check out our university virtual libraries here and here)

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

FALL 2020 Semester (starts Aug 24 and ends Nov 30) 

International Tax & Tax Treaties I: Residency Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff), and William Byrnes (TAMU) 3 credits (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Aug 23 Domestic Tax Rights; Double Taxation; Tax Treaty Allocation Of Tax Rights
    • Week 2 Aug 30 Types Of Taxes; Tax Treaty Interpretation
    • Week 3: Sept 6 Tax Jurisdiction Over Persons, Tax Treaty Interpretation
    • Week 4: Sept 13 Tax Jurisdiction of Corporations; Tax Treaty Interpretation & Application
    • Week 5: Sept 20 Tax Jurisdiction of Entities
    • Week 6: Sept 27 U.S. Tax Reform / Pillar II
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology

International Tax Risk Management & Domestic Systems (Inbound) (meet Tuesdays and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Aug 23 national tax systems in general and inbound diagnostic Dr. Susana Bokobo, former global tax policy director Repsol
    • Week 2 Aug 30 Manuel Tron Mexico as an inbound diagnostic case study (President Emeritus, International Fiscal Association)
    • Week 3 Sept 6 Elis Prendergast (KPMG)
    • Week 4 Sept 13 Carson Le (KPMG)
    • Week 5 Sept 20 Dr. Maji Rhee (Waseda) Japan/Korea as inbound case studies
    • Week 6 Sept 27 Domestic Compliance Risk Matrix Hafiz Choudhury
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology for inbound domestic tax risk management

International Tax & Tax Treaties II: Source Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff), and William Byrnes (TAMU) 3 credits (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Oct 11 Tax of Business Income (PE, Nexus)
    • Week 2 Oct 18 Tax of Investment Income
    • Week 3: Oct 25 Taxation of Services and Employment Income (including DST)
    • Week 4: Nov 1 Double Taxation and Tax Credits
    • Week 5: Nov 8 Tax Accounting
    • Week 6: Nov 15 Introduction to Management of Tax and Data
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology

International Tax Risk Management II (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (meet Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Oct 11 Manufacturing I Dr. Niraja Srinivasan Pillar 1 (Dell Global Tax)
    • Week 2 Oct 18 Manufacturing II (DEMPE & Supply Chain) Niraja Srinivasan
    • Week 3 Oct 25 Manufacturing III (Customs) Niraja Srinivasan
    • Week 4 Nov 1 Tax of Patents / Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann (Daylight time ends, Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)
    • Week 5 Nov 8 Tax Risk & Tax Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann
    • Week 6 Nov 15 Tax Risk & Tax Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology for global tax risk management

additional spring and summer courses include: 

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data           Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services

E.U. Tax Risk Management                                                                                                 U.S. Tax Risk Management

FATCA, CRS, and AEoI (Law, Data, Systems)                                                                    International Tax Risk Management I (Data, Analytics & Technology)   

VAT                                                                                                                                      Customs

Posted in Courses | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence Weekly (Wednesday July 22, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on July 22, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law has launched its online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals.  Apply now for courses that begin August 23: International Tax Risk Management, Data, and Analytics; International Tax & Tax Treaties (complete list here

Texas A&M University is a public university, ranked in the top 20 universities by the Wall Street Journal / Times Higher Education university rankings, and is ranked 1st among public universities for its superior education at an affordable cost (Fiske, 2018) and ranked 1st of Texas public universities for best value (Money, 2018).

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

 

The big news this week is the DOL’s new rules on fiduciary exemptions for rollover transactions. This plus the SEC’s Reg BI is starting to fill in the gaps for fiduciary rules since the DOL’s original Obama-era fiduciary rules were mostly invalidated through litigation. We also see new rules for COVID-related distributions and loans from qualified plans.

DOL Fiduciary Exemption: Application to Rollover Transactions

The new DOL proposed exemption for fiduciary advice specifically applies to rollover advice, assuming the circumstances qualify under the five-part test for determining whether the advisor is an investment advice fiduciary. However, the DOL commentary included with the proposed exemption makes clear that not every rollover triggers investment advice fiduciary status. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

New Regs on Tax-Exempt Excise Tax Create Exceptions for Certain Individuals Performing Limited Services

To encourage continued volunteer work and avoid double-taxation, the proposed regulations contain some useful exceptions. An individual will not be subject to the 21 percent excise tax if the limited hours exception or non-exempt funds exception applies. For more information on the new exceptions, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Expanded Eligibility for CARES Act Retirement Distribution and Loan Relief
The IRS has expanded the list of individuals who qualify under the expanded distribution and loan rules to include anyone whose pay was reduced due to COVID-19 (regardless of whether hours were reduced or whether the individual was laid off). If a taxpayer was planning to start a new job and the start date was pushed back (or the offer was rescinded entirely) due to COVID-19, that taxpayer also qualifies for relief. Further, if a spouse or member of the plan participant’s household has suffered an enumerated impact, the participant becomes eligible for the expanded retirement account access. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

 

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation | Tagged: | Leave a Comment »

EU General Court of Justice invalidates the adequacy of the protection provided by the EU-US Data Protection Shield

Posted by William Byrnes on July 21, 2020


The Court of Justice invalidates Decision 2016/1250 on the adequacy of the protection provided by the EU-US Data Protection Shield However, it considers that Commission Decision 2010/87 on standard contractual clauses for the transfer of personal data to processors established in third countries is valid. The General Data Protection Regulation (‘the GDPR’) provides that the transfer of such data to a third country may, in principle, take place only if the third country in question ensures an adequate level of data protection. According to the GDPR, the Commission may find that a third country ensures, by reason of its domestic law or its international commitments, an adequate level of protection. In the absence of an adequacy decision, such transfer may take place only if the personal data exporter established in the EU has provided appropriate safeguards, which may arise, in particular, from standard data protection clauses adopted by the Commission, and if data subjects have enforceable rights and effective legal remedies. Furthermore, the GDPR details the conditions under which such a transfer may take place in the absence of an adequacy decision or appropriate safeguards.

Maximillian Schrems, an Austrian national residing in Austria, has been a Facebook user since 2008. As in the case of other users residing in the European Union, some or all of Mr Schrems’s personal data is transferred by Facebook Ireland to servers belonging to Facebook Inc. that are located in the United States, where it undergoes processing. Mr Schrems lodged a complaint with the Irish supervisory authority seeking, in essence, to prohibit those transfers. He claimed that the law and practices in the United States do not offer sufficient protection against access by the public authorities to the data transferred to that country. That complaint was rejected on the ground, inter alia, that, in Decision 2000/5205 (‘the Safe Harbour Decision’), the Commission had found that the United States ensured an adequate level of protection. In a judgment delivered on 6 October 2015, the Court of Justice, before which the High Court (Ireland) had referred questions for a preliminary ruling, declared that decision invalid (‘the Schrems I judgment’).

Following the Schrems I judgment and the subsequent annulment by the referring court of the decision rejecting Mr Schrems’s complaint, the Irish supervisory authority asked Mr Schrems to reformulate his complaint in the light of the declaration by the Court that Decision 2000/520 was invalid. In his reformulated complaint, Mr Schrems claims that the United States does not offer sufficient protection of data transferred to that country. He seeks the suspension or prohibition of future transfers of his personal data from the EU to the United States, which Facebook Ireland now carries out pursuant to the standard data protection clauses set out in the Annex to Decision 2010/87. Taking the view that the outcome of Mr Schrems’s complaint depends, in particular, on the validity of Decision 2010/87, the Irish supervisory authority brought proceedings before the High Court in order for it to refer questions to the Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling. After the initiation of those proceedings, the Commission adopted Decision 2016/1250 on the adequacy of the protection provided by the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield (‘the Privacy Shield Decision’).

By its request for a preliminary ruling, the referring court asks the Court of Justice whether the GDPR applies to transfers of personal data pursuant to the standard data protection clauses in Decision 2010/87, what level of protection is required by the GDPR in connection with such a transfer, and what obligations are incumbent on supervisory authorities in those circumstances. The High Court also raises the question of the validity both of Decision 2010/87 and of Decision 2016/1250.

In today’s judgment, the Court of Justice finds that examination of Decision 2010/87 in the light of the Charter of Fundamental Rights has disclosed nothing to affect the validity of that decision. However, the Court declares Decision 2016/1250 invalid.

The Court considers, first of all, that EU law, and in particular the GDPR, applies to the transfer of personal data for commercial purposes by an economic operator established in a Member State to another economic operator established in a third country, even if, at the time of that transfer or thereafter, that data may be processed by the authorities of the third country in question for the purposes of public security, defence and State security. The Court adds that this type of data processing by the authorities of a third country cannot preclude such a transfer from the scope of the GDPR.

Regarding the level of protection required in respect of such a transfer, the Court holds that the requirements laid down for such purposes by the GDPR concerning appropriate safeguards, enforceable rights and effective legal remedies must be interpreted as meaning that data subjects those personal data are transferred to a third country pursuant to standard data protection clauses must be afforded a level of protection essentially equivalent to that guaranteed within the EU by the GDPR, read in the light of the Charter. In those circumstances, the Court specifies that the assessment of that level of protection must take into consideration both the contractual clauses agreed between the data exporter established in the EU and the recipient of the transfer established in the third country concerned and, as regards any access by the public authorities of that third country to the data transferred, the relevant aspects of the legal system of that third country.

Regarding the supervisory authorities’ obligations in connection with such a transfer, the Court holds that, unless there is a valid Commission adequacy decision, those competent supervisory authorities are required to suspend or prohibit a transfer of personal data to a third country where they take the view, in the light of all the circumstances of that transfer, that the standard data protection clauses are not or cannot be complied with in that country and that the protection of the data transferred that is required by EU law cannot be ensured by other means, where the data exporter established in the EU has not itself suspended or put an end to such a transfer.

Next, the Court examines the validity of Decision 2010/87. The Court considers that the validity of that decision is not called into question by the mere fact that the standard data protection clauses in  that decision do not, given that they are contractual in nature, bind the authorities of the third country to which data may be transferred. However, that validity, the Court adds, depends on whether the decision includes effective mechanisms that make it possible, in practice, to ensure compliance with the level of protection required by EU law and that transfers of personal data pursuant to such clauses are suspended or prohibited in the event of the breach of such clauses or it being impossible to honour them. The Court finds that Decision 2010/87 establishes such mechanisms. In that regard, the Court points out, in particular, that that decision imposes an obligation on a data exporter and the recipient of the data to verify, prior to any transfer, whether that level of protection is respected in the third country concerned and that the decision requires the recipient to inform the data exporter of any inability to comply with the standard data protection clauses, the latter then being, in turn, obliged to suspend the transfer of data and/or to terminate the contract with the former.

Lastly, the Court examines the validity of Decision 2016/1250 in the light of the requirements arising from the GDPR, read in the light of the provisions of the Charter guaranteeing respect for private and family life, personal data protection and the right to effective judicial protection. In that regard, the Court notes that that decision enshrines the position, as did Decision 2000/520, that the requirements of US national security, public interest and law enforcement have primacy, thus condoning interference with the fundamental rights of persons whose data are transferred to that third country. In the view of the Court, the limitations on the protection of personal data arising from the domestic law of the United States on the access and use by US public authorities of such data transferred from the European Union to that third country, which the Commission assessed in Decision 2016/1250, are not circumscribed in a way that satisfies requirements that are essentially equivalent to those required under EU law, by the principle of proportionality, in so far as the surveillance programmes based on those provisions are not limited to what is strictly necessary. On the basis of the findings made in that decision, the Court pointed out that, in respect of certain surveillance programmes, those provisions do not indicate any limitations on the power they confer to implement those programmes, or the existence of guarantees for potentially targeted non-US persons. The Court adds that, although those provisions lay down requirements with which the US authorities must comply when implementing the surveillance programmes in question, the provisions do not grant data subjects actionable rights before the courts against the US authorities.

As regards the requirement of judicial protection, the Court holds that, contrary to the view taken by the Commission in Decision 2016/1250, the Ombudsperson mechanism referred to in that  decision does not provide data subjects with any cause of action before a body which offers guarantees substantially equivalent to those required by EU law, such as to ensure both the
independence of the Ombudsperson provided for by that mechanism and the existence of rules empowering the Ombudsperson to adopt decisions that are binding on the US intelligence services. On all those grounds, the Court declares Decision 2016/1250 invalid.

JUDGMENT OF THE COURT (Grand Chamber) 16 July 2020 (*)

In Case C‑311/18,

REQUEST for a preliminary ruling under Article 267 TFEU from the High Court (Ireland), made by decision of 4 May 2018, received at the Court on 9 May 2018, in the proceedings

Data Protection Commissioner v Facebook Ireland Ltd, Maximillian Schrems, intervening parties: The United States of America, Electronic Privacy Information Centre, BSA Business Software Alliance Inc.Digitaleurope,

EDPS Statement following the Court of Justice ruling in Case C-311/18 Data Protection Commissioner v Facebook Ireland Ltd and Maximilian Schrems (“Schrems II”)

he EDPS welcomes that the Court of Justice of the European Union, in its landmark Grand Chamber judgment of 16 July 2020reaffirmed the importance of maintaining a high level of protection of personal data transferred from the European Union to third countries. The EDPS will continue to strive, as a member of the European Data Protection Board (EDPB), to achieve the necessary coherent approach among the European supervisory authorities in the implementation of the EU framework for international transfers of personal data.

This is the second time in almost 5 years that a European Commission adequacy decision concerning the United States is invalidated by the Court. In its judgement, the Court confirmed the criticisms of the Privacy Shield repeatedly expressed by the EDPS and the EDPB. European supervisory authorities will advise the Commission on any future adequacy decisions, in line with the interpretation of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) provided by the Court.

In the meantime, particularly since the entry into force of the GDPR, a growing number of data protection and privacy laws have been adopted worldwide, including the new Convention 108+ adopted by the Council of Europe. The protection of personal data requires actionable rights for everyone, including before independent courts. It is more than a “European” fundamental right – it is a fundamental right widely recognised around the globe. Against this background, the EDPS trusts that the United States will deploy all possible efforts and means to move towards a comprehensive data protection and privacy legal framework, which genuinely meets the requirements for adequate safeguards reaffirmed by the Court.

The EDPS notes that the Court, while in principle confirming the validity of Standard Contractual Clauses (SCC), provided welcomed clarifications regarding the responsibilities of controllers and European DPAs to take into account the risks linked to the access to personal data by the public authorities of third countries. European supervisory authorities have the duty to diligently enforce the applicable data protection legislation and, where appropriate, to suspend or prohibit transfers of data to a third country. As the supervisory authority of the EU institutions, bodies, offices and agencies, the EDPS is carefully analysing the consequences of the judgment on the contracts concluded by EU institutions, bodies, offices and agencies. The example of the recent EDPS’ own-initiative investigation into European institutions’ use of Microsoft products and services confirms the importance of this challenge.

Posted in information exchange | Tagged: , | Leave a Comment »

10 reasons to apply for Texas A&M International Tax Risk Management

Posted by William Byrnes on July 16, 2020


— request a brochure https://info.law.tamu.edu/international-tax  

  1. International Tax courses are limited to 15 students. Many have 9 – 12 for maximum interaction with the professors and each other in real-time Zoom discussions. No one is ‘left out’. Everyone has a substantial weekly learning experience.
  2. Courses meet twice weekly on Zoom for 90 minutes (or more) to discuss the case study and the weekly issues, and then students in teams (generally of three) roll play the case study representing a stakeholder interest assigned by the professor/s in the second meeting, ending with a recap discussion of the case study. See an example weekly case study moot on YouTube 
  3. Courses include bespoke authored textbooks and study materials and original case studies by the faculty.
  4. Courses include bespoke authored weekly video-lectures and/or audio podcasts by the faculty.
  5. All students have access to Lexis, Westlaw, Bloomberg LawCheetah (formerly Kluwer-CCH), IBFDTax AnalystsS&PBvD-MoodysThomsonOECD Library, and hundreds of other information resource providers (check out our university virtual libraries here and here)
  6. Degree options for all tax professionals — lawyers (Master of Laws, LL.M.) and accountants, economists, financial professionals (Master of Jurisprudence, M.Jur.)
  7. The founder Professor William Byrnes is the pioneer of Online Learning for Legal Education, having initiated the original version of this program in 1994 (see his LinkedIn Group of 27,000+ member network of former students, book subscribers, webinar attendees, and career contacts).
  8. The founder Professor William Byrnes is a leading international tax author with 10 annual treatises published by Lexis and Wolters Kluwer, and three Tax Facts titles by National Underwriter. See his list of publications and over 1,100 media tax articles here.
  9. Join the Texas A&M Aggie former student network of 500,000+ to open career and social doors (and watch Saturday SEC football games) with Aggie Clubs throughout 100 countries in major cities.
  10. 160+ graduate students currently enrolled for risk management, tax-risk management, and wealth management program, many with 10+ years experience, to build your career network today.

 

Texas A&M, an annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

 

 

International Tax & Tax Treaties I: Residency                                                                    International Tax & Tax Treaties I: Source    

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data           Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services

E.U. Tax Risk Management                                                                                                 U.S. Tax Risk Management

FATCA, CRS, and AEoI (Law, Data, Systems)                                                                     International Tax Risk Management & Domestic Systems (Inbound)

International Tax Risk Management I (Data, Analytics & Technology)                         International Tax Risk Management II (Data, Analytics & Technology)

Posted in Courses | Tagged: , , , | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence Special Edition for July 15, 2020 – Tax Filing and Tax Payments Due Today

Posted by William Byrnes on July 15, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law has launched its online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals.  Apply now for courses that begin August 23: International Tax Risk Management, Data, and Analytics; International Tax & Tax Treaties (complete list here

Texas A&M University is a public university, ranked in the top 20 universities by the Wall Street Journal / Times Higher Education university rankings, and is ranked 1st among public universities for its superior education at an affordable cost (Fiske, 2018) and ranked 1st of Texas public universities for best value (Money, 2018).

 

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

 

Back in April we sent out a special newsletter detailing all of the COVID-related tax changes that we had made to Tax Facts Online content up to that point. Not surprisingly, we have continued to see significant changes since then. This week we’re back with a second special newsletter detailing the changes that we have seen since April. Below are all of the changes made that are related to the Families First Coronavirus Response Act, the CARES Act (including the PPP program), and various regulations from the IRS and DOL. As always, log into Tax Facts Online for the full text of these updates and many others.

Families First Coronavirus Response Act: FFCRA Exemption for Very Small Business Clients

Generally, business owners with fewer than 50 employees can claim an exemption from the paid sick leave and expanded FMLA law if they can show that payment would jeopardize their business as a going concern. DOL FAQ have provided new details, which substantially narrow the availability of the exemption. To qualify, the employee must be taking leave to care for children because of COVID-19 and must satisfy one of three possible criteria to demonstrate that paid leave would jeopardize the business. The three conditions are: (1) providing leave would result in the small business expenses and financial obligations exceeding available business revenues, causing the business to stop operating at minimal capacity, (2) absence of the employee requesting leave would result in a substantial risk to the financial health or operational capabilities of the small business because of their specialized skills, knowledge of the business, or responsibilities; or (3) there are not sufficient workers who are able, willing, and qualified, and who will be available at the time and place needed, to perform the labor or services provided by the employee requesting paid leave, and these labor or services are needed for the small business to operate at a minimal capacity. For more information on the FFCRA paid leave requirements, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Families First Coronavirus Response Act: DOL FAQ Clarify Concurrent Use of FFCRA Leave

The FFCRA implemented a new paid sick leave law and expanded FMLA leave options for employees impacted by COVID-19. Many employers have independent policies in place that provide employees with leave options, and the DOL regulations raised questions about when the employer can require the employee to use that leave prior to, or concurrently with, FFCRA leave. Employers cannot require employees to use leave concurrently during the first two weeks of paid sick leave for non-childcare related reasons. Employers can, under some circumstances, require use of employee leave concurrently with expanded FMLA leave for childcare reasons. Employers are only eligible for tax credits with respect to leave paid out under the new law. If the employer requires the employee to use otherwise available employer-paid leave, the tax credit is unavailable with respect to that portion of the employee’s pay. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Families First Coronavirus Response Act: Employee Rights after FFCRA Leave

Employers are generally prohibited from retaliating against employees to take paid sick leave or expanded FMLA leave under the FFCRA. However, the law does not protect employees from layoffs or furloughs undertaken for other reasons, such as the general economic downturn. Exceptions exist for key employees and very small employers with fewer than 25 employees. The exception allows employers to refuse returning the employee to work in the same position if the employee took leave for childcare-related reasons, and all four of the following hardship conditions exist: (1) the position no longer exists due to economic or operating conditions that affect employment and due to COVID-19 related reasons during the period of leave; (2) the employer makes reasonable efforts to restore the employee to the same or an equivalent position; (3) the employer makes reasonable efforts to contact the employee if an equivalent position becomes available; and (4) the employer continues to make reasonable efforts to contact the employee for one year beginning either on the date the leave related to COVID-19 reasons concludes, or the date 12 weeks after the leave began, whichever is earlier. For more information on the FFCRA, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Families First Coronavirus Response Act: Moving to Reopen, Employers Begin Evaluating FFCRA Leave Provisions

Now that many more employers are beginning to evaluate whether to reopen as governments relax restrictions, those who have been closed for upwards of two months will have to evaluate whether they must provide paid leave under the FFCRA as COVID-19 continues to spread. The FFCRA paid sick leave and expanded FMLA provisions only applied to employers who continued to operate in the wake of the pandemic–employees who were simply laid off or furloughed were required to seek unemployment benefits. Upon first glance, the new paid leave requirements under the FFCRA seem to provide 12 weeks of paid time off for most small business employees. However, the benefit triggers differ depending on whether the employee is claiming (1) 80 hours paid sick leave or (2) expanded relief under the FMLA. For more information on the benefit triggers, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Families First Coronavirus Response Act and CARES Act: Qualifying Healthcare Expenses Eligible for Tax Credits Even for Furloughed Employees

The FFCRA and CARES Act each provide tax credits for employers who continue to pay employee wages through 2020. The amount of wages paid also includes qualifying health expenses that the employer pays on the employee’s behalf. Qualifying health expenses are amounts paid by the employer to maintain a group health plan if the amounts would be excluded from employees’ income under IRC Section 106(a). These expenses should generally be prorated between employees and based on the periods of coverage relating to the payment of wages. Health insurance plans, prescription drug plans, dental and vision plans, health FSAs, HRAs and most employee assistance plans should all qualify. Additionally, the IRS has confirmed that employers can claim the tax credits for qualified healthcare expenses, regardless of whether the employee is paid qualified wages during the same timeframe. As a result, employers who have furloughed employees, but continue to cover healthcare expenses, can claim a tax credit for those expenses. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: Telehealth Coverage and HDHP/HSA Eligibility

In response to the evolving COVID-19 pandemic, the CARES Act further expands the pre-deductible services high deductible health plans (HDHPs) may offer. HDHPs are now permitted to cover the cost of telehealth services without cost to participants before the HDHP deductible has been satisfied. HDHPs providing telehealth coverage do not jeopardize their status as HDHPs. Plan members similarly retain the right to fund HSAs after taking advantage of cost-free telehealth services. Under normal rules, HDHPs cannot waive costs for anything other than certain preventative services without jeopardizing HDHP status. Remote health services can be provided under a safe harbor rule through December 31, 2021. For more information on the HDHP qualification rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: Bonus Depreciation Fix, Amended Returns for Partnerships

The CARES Act provided retroactive relief to partnerships on multiple fronts, including by fixing the so-called “retail glitch” to allow businesses to take advantage of 100% bonus depreciation on qualified improvement property through 2022. Existing law may have prevented partnerships from filing amended Forms 1065 and Schedules K-1. Instead, partnerships would have been required to file an administrative adjustment request, so that partners would not have received relief until filing returns for the current tax year. Revenue Procedure 2020-23 allows partnerships to file amended returns and issue revised Schedules K-1 for 2018 and 2019 to take advantage of retroactive CARES Act relief (and, absent further guidance, even if they are not taking advantage of CARES Act relief). The relief applies for 2018 and 2019 as long as the original Forms 1065 and Schedules K-1 were filed/issued before April 13, 2020 (the date Rev. Proc. 2020-23 was released). Partnerships can file amended Form 1065 and Schedule K-1 (electronically or by mail), by checking the Form 1065 “amended return” box and writing “FILED PURSUANT TO REV PROC 2020-23” at the top. The same statement must be included in a statement attached to amended Schedules K-1 sent to partners. The amended returns must be filed/furnished to partners by September 30, 2020. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: IRS Guidance on Business Interest Elections

The IRS gives businesses substantial flexibility in making and revoking elections related to business interest expense deductions under the CARES Act. A taxpayer may elect under Section 163(j)(10)(A)(iii) not to apply the 50 percent ATI limitation for a 2019 or 2020 taxable year (2020 only for partnerships). A taxpayer permitted to make the election makes the election not to apply the 50 percent ATI limitation by timely filing a federal income tax return or Form 1065 (or amendments) using the 30 percent ATI limitation. No formal statement is required to make the election. The taxpayer can then later revoke that election by filing an amended return or form. Similarly, to use 2019 ATI for 2020, the taxpayer merely files using 2019 ATI (and can then later revoke that election by filing a timely amended return or form). For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: IRS Allows Corporations to Use Prior Year AMT Credits Retroactively
The 2017 Tax Act generally repealed the corporate AMT, but also permitted corporations to continue claiming a minimum credit for prior year AMT paid. The credit can generally be carried forward to offset corporate tax liability in a later year. The CARES Act eliminates certain limitations that applied to the carryover provision, so that corporations can claim refunds for their unused AMT credits for the first tax year that began in 2018 (i.e., the corporation can take the entire amount of the refundable credit for 2018). The corporation must submit the application for refund before December 31, 2020 and, for convenience, the IRS has institutes a fax procedure for both AMT credit and NOL refund purposes. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: Relief for Qualified Plan Loans
The CARES Act relaxed the rules to provide relief for qualified plan participants with existing plan loans. If a participant had an existing plan loan with a repayment obligation falling between March 27 and December 31, 2020, that repayment obligation was extended for one year. Any subsequent repayment obligations are to be adjusted to reflect this extension. For plan participants who are “qualifying individuals,” the plan loan limits were increased to the greater of $100,000 or 100% of the vested balance in the participant’s account. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: Expanded Charitable Donation Deduction for 2020
The CARES Act made several changes designed to encourage charitable giving during the COVID-19 outbreak. For the 2020 tax year, the CARES Act amended IRC Section 62(a), allowing taxpayers to reduce adjusted gross income (AGI) by $300 worth of charitable contributions made in 2020 even if they do not itemize. Under normal circumstances, taxpayers are only permitted to deduct cash contributions to charity to the extent those donations do not exceed 60% of AGI (10% for corporations). The CARES Act lifts the 60% AGI limit for 2020. Cash contributions to public charities and certain private foundations in 2020 are not subject to the AGI limit. Individual taxpayers can offset their income for 2020 up to the full amount of their AGI, and additional charitable contributions can be carried over to offset income in a later year (the amounts are not refundable). The corporate AGI limit was raised to 25% (excess contributions also carry over to subsequent tax years). For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: IRS Releases Initial Q&A on Qualified Plan Loan & Distribution Provisions
The IRS released the first Q&A in what is likely to be a series of guidance on the CARES Act retirement-related provisions. One overarching issue is the IRS confirmation that plan sponsors can rely upon past guidance issued in response to Hurricane Katrina in 2005 and the RMD waiver in 2009 for help implementing the CARES Act provisions. Under initial guidance, individuals are only eligible for COVID-19 related distributions or loans if they themselves are impacted (qualification cannot currently be based on a spouse or dependent’s job loss). The Q&A also clarifies that increased loan limits are currently available between March 27, 2020 and September 22, 2020. Further, the guidance confirms that the loan and distribution relief is optional for plan sponsors–and sponsors can elect to adopt one provision and not another (including the loan repayment option). For more information on the CARES Act loan provisions, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: Calculating Qualified Plan Loans and the One-Year Look-back Rule

The CARES Act allows plan sponsors to double the qualified plan loan limit for qualified individuals. Plan loans made between March 27, 2020 and September 23, 2020 are limited to the lesser of (1) $100,000 or (2) 100% of the participant’s vested account balance. Despite this, even if the individual is qualified, plan sponsors must remain aware of the one-year look-back rule. IN reality, the $100,000 limit is reduced by the excess of the employee’s highest outstanding plan loan balance during the one-year period ending on the day before the loan is made, over the employee’s outstanding balance of any plan loan on the date the loan is made (this calculation also includes loans from any other plans maintained by the employer or member of a controlled group). For more information on the qualified plan loan rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: IRS Waives Physical Presence Requirement for Spousal Consent to Participant Benefit Elections

IRC Section 417 generally requires spousal consent to a waiver of a qualified joint and survivor annuity (QJSA), which includes the waiver of a QJSA as part of a participant’s request for a plan distribution or a plan loan (the availability of which were expanded under the CARES Act). The spousal consent must generally be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public in person (the physical presence requirement). Notice 2020-42 provides relief in permitting remote electronic notarization executed via live auto-video technology that satisfies any state-level requirements that apply to a notary public. The relief in Notice 2020-42 applies to any participant election that requires a signature to be witnessed in the physical presence of a plan representative or notary in 2020. For more information on spousal consent requirements, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

CARES Act: IRS Expands RMD Waiver Relief for 2020

The CARES Act waived all RMD requirements for 2020. Despite this, the law was enacted after some taxpayers had already taken their 2020 RMDs early in the year. For those who took RMDs very early in the year, the 60-day rollover period had already expired. In response, the IRS announced that anyone who took a 2020 RMD is eligible to roll the funds back into their account penalty-free. The 60-day rollover period was extended through August 31, 2020, so clients still have only a limited amount of time in which to act. Further, the rollover does not count toward the otherwise applicable “one rollover per 12-month period” rule or the restriction on rollovers for inherited IRAs. For more information on the RMD rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Payroll Protection Program: Defining “Payroll Costs” for PPP

Taxpayers with fewer than 500 employees are eligible for new “payroll protection loans” administered via the Small Business Administration. In general, the loans may be forgiven (and amounts excluded from income for tax purposes) if used to cover payroll costs, which are defined in the CARES Act to include the sum of (A) payments of any compensation with respect to employees that is (1) salary, wage, commission, or similar compensation, (2) payment of cash tip or equivalent, (3) payment for vacation, parental, family, medical, or sick leave, (4) allowance for dismissal or separation, (5) payment required for the provisions of group health care benefits, including insurance premiums, (6) payment of any retirement benefit or (7) payment of State or local tax assessed on the compensation of employees; and (B) the sum of payments of any compensation to or income of a sole proprietor or independent contractor that is a wage, commission, income, net earnings from self-employment, or similar compensation that is not more than $100,000 in one year, as prorated for the covered period. Payroll costs exclude (1) compensation of an individual employee over $100,000 per year, as prorated for the covered period, (2) taxes imposed or withheld under chapters 21, 22, or 24 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 during the covered period, (3) any compensation of an employee whose principal place of residence is outside of the United States, (4) qualified sick leave wages for which a credit is allowed under the FFCRA or (5) qualified family leave wages for which a credit is allowed under the FFCRA. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Payroll Protection Program: The Finer Points of PPP Loan Forgiveness

Loan forgiveness offers powerful assistance to those small businesses who were actually able to receive Paycheck Protection Program loan funds. However, loan forgiveness is not without its costs. While amounts forgiven will not be included in income under the usual cancellation of indebtedness rules, business owners may not be entitled to their typical business deductions either. Notice 2020-32 clarifies that otherwise allowable deductions are disallowed if the payment of the expense (1) results in loan forgiveness under the PPP loan program and (2) the income associated with the loan forgiveness is excluded from income under CARES Act Section 1106(i). Although legislation proposed in Congress may change this result, small business clients should pay close attention to the potential future tax impact of loan forgiveness. For more information on implications of loan forgiveness, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Payroll Protection Program: Guidance on PPP Eligibility

The Treasury has updated its guidance related to the CARES Act Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loan forgiveness requirements. The Treasury now notes that most companies with adequate sources of alternative liquidity are likely not eligible for the program. In order to qualify for the loans, PPP borrowers are now required to provide a good faith certification stating that current economic conditions and uncertainty make the loan necessary to support ongoing operations. While Treasury calls out public companies with substantial market value and access to the capital markets specifically, the guidance could also impact businesses who have adequate alternative liquidity to support operations. PPP borrowers who find they cannot make the certification in good faith are permitted to return the funds. For more information on the PPP loan rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Payroll Protection Program: Increased Flexibility for PPP Recipients

PPP loan forgiveness is determined based on how the small business client spent the loan proceeds. Under the PPPFA, at least 60% of the loan must be used for payroll costs (this 60% threshold was reduced from 75% under the CARES Act). Under the terms of the CARES Act, amounts used to cover eligible expenses could be forgiven if used during the eight-week period following the loan origination date. The PPPFA extended the eight-week period to 24 weeks from the date the lender made the first loan payment to the small business owner. Unless Congress acts again, the funds must all be spent by December 31, 2020 in order to be eligible for forgiveness. The amount forgiven can also be reduced if the employer made certain staffing cuts or cut employee compensation levels. The PPPFA gives employers until December 31, 2020 to bring workers back to work/restore wage levels and continue to qualify for loan forgiveness (extended from prior law, which set the deadline at June 30)). Read More

IRS, DOL Announce Extension of COBRA Election Period

Under normal circumstances, an individual has 60 days from the date when a COBRA qualifying event occurs to elect COBRA coverage (or make a new COBRA election). In light of the COVID-19 outbreak, the IRS and DOL have announced an extension of this 60-day window. The 60-day election window is essentially paused for relevant time periods that include March 1, 2020. The clock is stopped and will not resume until the end of the “outbreak period”. The outbreak period is defined as the window of time beginning March 1, 2020 and ending 60 days after the date that the COVID-19 national emergency is declared ended. The 45-day payment clock and 30-day grace period for late COBRA payments are also paused. For more information on the COBRA election rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

DOL Releases New COBRA Notice in Light of Growing Employment Litigation

The DOL released a revised COBRA general notice and election notice on May 1, 2020, in response to increasing furloughs and layoffs in the wake of COVID-19–and a growing risk of employment litigation. Employers are not required to post the new notices, but may wish to in light of the evolving situation. These new notices add information about how Medicare eligibility impacts COBRA eligibility (highlighting the fact that COBRA coverage is usually secondary to Medicare). Employers who use the model notices are deemed to comply with COBRA notice requirements. For more information on COBRA coverage election requirements and COVID-19, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Provides Relief for Cafeteria Plan Participants in Response to COVID-19

Under normal circumstances, cafeteria plans are not permitted to allow participants to make mid-year election changes except in limited situations. Notice 2020-29 permits employees to allow certain mid-year elections made during calendar year 2020 that would otherwise be impermissible, including changes to salary reduction contribution elections. The guidance also allows participants to revoke (or make) an election with respect to health and dependent care FSAs on a prospective basis during 2020 to respond to changing needs during the COVID-19 pandemic. Further, the guidance clarifies that the relief for high deductible health plans (HDHPs) and expenses related to COVID-19 (regarding an exemption for telehealth services) may be applied retroactively to January 1, 2020. For more information on the mid-year election rules for cafeteria plans, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Makes Temporary & Permanent Changes to the FSA Grace Period Rules

IRS Notice 2020-33 and Notice 2020-29, released concurrently, provides relief with respect to unused funds in a flexible spending account. Under Notice 2020-29, if an employee has unused amounts remaining in a health FSA or a dependent care assistance program at the end of a grace period (or plan year) ending in 2020, a cafeteria plan may permit employees to apply those unused amounts to pay or reimburse medical care expenses or dependent care expenses incurred through December 31, 2020. Notice 2020-33 makes a change to the carryover rules that apply to health FSAs, so that the amount that can be carried over to the following year will equal 20 percent of the maximum inflation-indexed salary reduction amount under Section 125 (increasing the carryover amount from $500 to $550 for 2020). For more information on the rules governing health FSAs, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Treasury Allows Tax Credit for Employers Paying Health Expenses of Furloughed Workers

Clearing up confusion (and revising initial guidance), the Treasury has announced that if an employer continues to pay an employee’s health insurance costs during a furlough period, the employer is entitled to claim a tax credit with respect to those expenses. This is the case even if the employer is not currently paying the employee’s wages. The employee retention credit is generally equal to up to 50% of the employee wages and certain other qualifying expenses. For more information on the employee retention tax credit, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Required Business Expense Reimbursement in the Age of COVID-19

Some employers are now permitting employees to work from home–while others are requiring it. In some jurisdictions (California and Illinois, for example) employers are required to reimburse employees for employment expenses. This may create the need for employers to reimburse employees for the cost of maintaining a home office. Further, the FLSA does not permit an employer to require an employee to pay for business expenses if doing so would reduce the employee’s earnings to below the minimum wage. However, simply providing cash reimbursement may generate additional taxable income for the employee. The miscellaneous itemized deduction for expenses incurred in the “trade or business of being an employee” was suspended for 2018-2025. Employers may instead wish to consider a program where the employer leases or purchases the required equipment for the employee’s use. For more information on the impact of reimbursing business expenses, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Dependent Care FSAs Provide Flexibility in the Face of a Pandemic

With so many employees working from home–and scrambling to find childcare options as businesses begin to reopen–many employees rethinking contributions to dependent care FSAs. The rules governing changes to dependent care FSA contributions are more flexible than health FSAs. Employees are permitted to make mid-year changes in pre-tax contributions if their circumstances relating to the need for dependent care changes. Employees can reduce their contributions if they are working from home and do not need childcare, or can increase the contributions when they return to work and need to provide for increased childcare costs. Further, employees who have been furloughed and laid off might want to ask whether their plan contains a spend-down feature. These features are optional, but allow former employees to seek reimbursement for dependent care expenses incurred through the end of the tax year (even if their employment has been terminated). Employers have the option of adding a spend-down feature at any time. For more information on dependent care FSAs, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Provides Relief for Employee Donations of Unused Sick, Vacation & PTO

The IRS has provided relief so that employees can forgo sick, vacation or personal leave because of the COVID-19 pandemic without adverse tax consequences. Under the guidance, an employer can make cash payments to charitable organizations that provide relief to victims of the COVID-19 pandemic in exchange for sick, vacation or personal leave which their employees forgo. Those amounts will not be treated as compensation and the employees will not be treated as receiving the value of the leave as income. Therefore, taxable income will not be increased, but the employee cannot claim a deduction for the leave donated to their employer. Employers, however, may deduct these cash payments as a business expense or as a charitable contribution deduction if the employer otherwise meets the respective requirements of either section. For more information on the charitable contributions, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Home Office Deductions in the Age of Covid-19

With so many taxpayers working from home—some indefinitely—do to Covid-19, many are likely wondering whether they can deduct their home office expenses. In short, traditional W-2 employees cannot deduct their home office expenses regardless of whether they would otherwise qualify for the deduction. The 2017 tax reform legislation eliminated this deduction for 2018-2025. Self-employed taxpayers can deduct expenses associated with maintaining a home office if the office is used regularly and exclusively as the taxpayer’s principal place of business (if the office is within the dwelling unit). A home office deduction is permitted for self-employed taxpayers with separate structures if the office/workspace is used “in connection with” the trade or business. For more information on the home office deduction, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

 

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Retirement Planning, Taxation | Tagged: , , , , , , | Leave a Comment »

Ireland and Apple Win State Aid Case! EU General Court Annuls Commission State Aid Decision Irish Tax Rulings Discriminated in Favor of Apple

Posted by William Byrnes on July 15, 2020


This State Aid case will be analyzed and included in the annual update of 4th Edition of Practical Guide to U.S. Transfer Pricing. The next supplement will contain 50 chapters of 2,000 pages of technical, jurisprudence, and regulatory analysis to advise clients from a tax risk management perspective and to mitigate controversy. Order a copy here: https://store.lexisnexis.com/products/practical-guide-to-us-transfer-pricing-skuusSku60720

Scroll down to paragraph 241-245 for the application of arm’s length to the Irish branches, paras 255-309, and then paragraph 322 for the analysis of the application of the TNMM transfer pricing method

(ii) Whether the Commission correctly applied the Authorised OECD Approach in its primary line of reasoning

241    Ireland and ASI and AOE submit, in essence, that the Commission’s primary line of reasoning is inconsistent with the Authorised OECD Approach, inasmuch as the Commission considered that the profits relating to the Apple Group’s IP licences should necessarily have been allocated to the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, in so far as the executives of ASI and AOE did not perform active or critical functions with regard to the management of those licences.

242    In that regard, it should be borne in mind that, in accordance with the Authorised OECD Approach…, the aim of the analysis in the first step is to identify the assets, functions and risks that must be allocated to the permanent establishment of a company on the basis of the activities actually performed by that company. It is true that the analysis in that first step cannot be carried out in an abstract manner that ignores the activities and functions performed within the company as a whole. However, the fact that the Authorised OECD Approach requires an analysis of the functions actually performed within the permanent establishment is at odds with the approach adopted by the Commission consisting, first, in identifying the functions performed by the company as a whole without conducting a more detailed analysis of the functions actually performed by the branches and, second, in presuming that the functions had been performed by the permanent establishment when those functions could not be allocated to the head office of the company itself.

243    In its primary line of reasoning the Commission considered, in essence, that the profits of ASI and AOE relating to the Apple Group’s IP (which, according to the Commission’s line of argument, represented a very significant part of the total profit of those two companies) had to be allocated to the Irish branches in so far as ASI and AOE had no employees capable of managing that IP outside those branches, without, however, establishing that the Irish branches had performed those management functions.

244    Accordingly, as Ireland and ASI and AOE rightly argue, the approach followed by the Commission in its primary line of reasoning is inconsistent with the Authorised OECD Approach.

245    In those circumstances, as is rightly argued by Ireland and ASI and AOE …, it must be found that the Commission erred in its application, in its primary line of reasoning, of the functional and factual analysis of the activities performed by the branches of ASI and AOE, on which the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 by the Irish tax authorities is based and which corresponds, in essence, to the analysis provided for by the Authorised OECD Approach.

(1)    Strategic decision-making within the Apple Group

298    Ireland and ASI and AOE claim that the ‘centre of gravity’ of the Apple Group’s activities was in Cupertino and not in Ireland. All strategic decisions, in particular those concerning the design and development of the Apple Group’s products, were taken, in accordance with an overall business strategy covering the group as a whole, in Cupertino. That centrally decided strategy was implemented by the companies of the group, which include ASI and AOE, which acted through their management bodies, much like any other company, according to the rules of company law applicable to them.

299    In that regard, it should be noted, in particular, that ASI and AOE submitted evidence, in the administrative procedure and in support of their pleadings in the present instance, on the centralised nature of the strategic decisions within the Apple Group taken by directors in Cupertino and then implemented subsequently by the various entities of the group, such as ASI and AOE. Those centralised procedures concern, inter alia, pricing, accounting decisions, financing and treasury and cover all of the international activities of the Apple Group that would have been decided centrally under the direction of the parent company, Apple Inc.

300    More specifically, with regard to decisions in the field of R&D — which is, in particular, the functional area behind the Apple Group’s IP — ASI and AOE provided evidence showing that decisions relating to the development of the products which were then to be marketed by, inter alia, ASI and AOE, and concerning the R&D strategy which was to be followed by, inter alia, ASI and AOE had been taken and implemented by executives of the group based in Cupertino. It is also apparent from that evidence that the strategies relating to new product launches and, in particular, the organisation of distribution on the European markets in the months leading up to the proposed launch date had been managed at the Apple-Group level by, inter alia, the Executive Team under the direction of the Chief Executive Officer in Cupertino.

301    In addition, it is apparent from the file that contracts with third-party original equipment manufacturers (‘OEMs’), which were responsible for the manufacture of a large proportion of the products sold by ASI, were negotiated and signed by the parent company, Apple Inc., and ASI through their respective directors, either directly or by power of attorney. ASI and AOE also submitted evidence regarding the negotiations and the signing of contracts with customers, such as telecommunications operators, which were responsible for a significant proportion of the retail sales of Apple-branded products, in particular mobile phones. It is apparent from that evidence that the negotiations in question were led by directors of the Apple Group and that the contracts were signed on behalf of the Apple Group by Apple Inc. and ASI through their respective directors, either directly or by power of attorney.

302    Consequently, in so far as it has been established that the strategic decisions — in particular those concerning the development of the Apple Group’s products underlying the Apple Group’s IP — were taken in Cupertino on behalf of the Apple Group as a whole, the Commission erred when it concluded that the Apple Group’s IP was necessarily managed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, which held the licences for that IP.

(2)    Decision-making by ASI and AOE

303    With regard to ASI and AOE’s ability to take decisions concerning their essential functions through their management bodies, the Commission itself accepted that those companies had boards of directors which held regular meetings during the relevant period, and reproduced extracts from the minutes of those meetings confirming that fact in Tables 4 and 5 of the contested decision.

304    The fact that the minutes of the board meetings do not give details of the decisions concerning the management of the Apple Group’s IP licences, of the cost-sharing agreement and of important business decisions does not mean that those decisions were not taken.

305    The summary nature of the extracts from the minutes reproduced by the Commission in Tables 4 and 5 of the contested decision is sufficient to allow the reader to understand how the company’s key decisions in each tax year, such as approval of the annual accounts, were taken and recorded in the relevant board minutes.

306    The resolutions of the boards of directors which were recorded in those minutes covered regularly (that is to say, several times a year), inter alia, the payment of dividends, the approval of directors’ reports and the appointment and resignation of directors. In addition, less frequently, those resolutions concerned the establishment of subsidiaries and powers of attorney authorising certain directors to carry out various activities such as managing bank accounts, overseeing relations with governments and public bodies, carrying out audits, taking out insurance, hiring, purchasing and selling assets, taking delivery of goods and dealing with commercial contracts. Moreover, it is apparent from those minutes that individual directors were granted very wide managerial powers.

307    In addition, with regard to the cost-sharing agreement, it is apparent from the information submitted by ASI and AOE that the various versions of that agreement in existence during the relevant period were signed by members of the respective boards of directors of those companies in Cupertino.

308    Moreover, according to the detailed information provided by ASI and AOE, it is the case for both ASI and AOE that, among ASI’s 14 directors and AOE’s 8 directors on their respective boards for each tax year during the period when the contested tax rulings were in force, there was only one director who was based in Ireland.

309    Consequently, the Commission erred when it considered that ASI and AOE, through their management bodies, in particular their boards of directors, did not have the ability to perform the essential functions of the companies in question by, where appropriate, delegating their powers to individual executives who were not members of the Irish branches’ staff.

(d)    Conclusions concerning the activities within the Apple Group

310    It is apparent from the foregoing considerations that, in the present instance, the Commission has not succeeded in showing that, in the light, first, of the activities and functions actually performed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE and, second, of the strategic decisions taken and implemented outside of those branches, the Apple Group’s IP licences should have been allocated to those Irish branches when determining the annual chargeable profits of ASI and AOE in Ireland.

The EU General Court of Justice press release described its decision as follows: In 2016 the Commission adopted a decision concerning two tax rulings issued by the Irish tax authorities (Irish Revenue) on 29 January 1991 and 23 May 2007 in favor of Apple Sales International (ASI) and Apple Operations Europe (AOE), which were companies incorporated in Ireland but not tax resident in Ireland. The contested tax rulings endorsed the methods used by ASI and AOE to determine their chargeable profits in Ireland, relating to the trading activity of their respective Irish branches. The 1991 tax ruling remained in force until 2007, when it was replaced by the 2007 tax ruling. The 2007 tax ruling then remained in force until Apple’s new business structure was implemented in Ireland in 2014.

By its decision, the Commission considered that the tax rulings in question constituted State aid unlawfully put into effect by Ireland. The aid was declared incompatible with the internal market.
The Commission demanded the recovery of the aid in question. According to the Commission’s calculations, Ireland had granted Apple 13 billion euro in unlawful tax advantages.

By today’s judgment, the General Court annuls the contested decision because the Commission did not succeed in showing to the requisite legal standard that there was an advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU. According to the General Court, the Commission was wrong to declare that ASI and AOE had been granted a selective economic advantage and, by extension, State aid.

The General Court endorses the Commission’s assessments relating to normal taxation under the Irish tax law applicable in the present instance, in particular having regard to the tools developed
within the OECD, such as the arm’s length principle, in order to check whether the level of chargeable profits endorsed by the Irish tax authorities corresponds to that which would have been obtained under market conditions.

However, the General Court considers that the Commission incorrectly concluded, in its primary line of reasoning, that the Irish tax authorities had granted ASI and AOE an advantage as a result of not having allocated the Apple Group intellectual property licences held by ASI and AOE, and, consequently, all of ASI and AOE’s trading income, obtained from the Apple Group’s sales outside North and South America, to their Irish branches. According to the General Court, the Commission should have shown that that income represented the value of the activities actually carried out by the Irish branches themselves, in view of, inter alia, the activities and functions actually performed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, on the one hand, and the strategic decisions taken and implemented outside of those branches, on the other.

In addition, the General Court considers that the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating, in its subsidiary line of reasoning, methodological errors in the contested tax rulings which would
have led to a reduction in ASI and AOE’s chargeable profits in Ireland. Although the General Court regrets the incomplete and occasionally inconsistent nature of the contested tax rulings, the defects identified by the Commission are not, in themselves, sufficient to prove the existence of an advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

Furthermore, the General Court considers that the Commission did not prove, in its alternative line of reasoning, that the contested tax rulings were the result of discretion exercised by
the Irish tax authorities and that, accordingly, ASI and AOE had been granted a selective advantage.

The most relevant parts excerpted from the EU General Court’s decision follow [Apple State Aid CJEU decision 15 July 2020

2.      ASI and AOE

(a)    Company structure

3        Within the Apple Group, Apple Operations International is a fully owned subsidiary of Apple Inc. Apple Operations International fully owns the subsidiary Apple Operations Europe (AOE), which in turn fully owns the subsidiary Apple Sales International (ASI). ASI and AOE are both companies incorporated in Ireland, but are not tax resident in Ireland.

4        As stated in recitals 113 to 115 of the contested decision, a significant number of members of the boards of directors of AOE and ASI were directors employed by Apple Inc. and based in Cupertino. Excerpts from resolutions and minutes from annual general meetings and board meetings of ASI and AOE are reproduced in recital 115 (Tables 4 and 5) of that decision. The resolutions of the boards of directors concerned, inter alia, on a regular basis, the payment of dividends, the approval of directors’ reports, and the appointment and resignation of directors. Less frequently, those resolutions concerned the incorporation of subsidiaries and powers of attorney authorising certain directors to carry out various activities such as managing banking, relationships with governments and other public offices, audits, insurance, renting, purchase and sale of assets, taking delivery of goods, and commercial contracts.

(b)    The cost-sharing agreement

5        Apple Inc., on the one hand, and ASI and AOE, on the other, were bound by a cost-sharing agreement (‘the cost-sharing agreement’). The shared costs concerned, inter alia, the research and development (R&D) of technology incorporated in the Apple Group’s products. The initial cost-sharing agreement was signed in December 1980. The parties to that agreement were Apple Inc. (then Apple Computer Inc.) and AOE (then Apple Computer Ltd (ACL)). In 1999, ASI (then Apple Computer International) became a party to that agreement. During the period relevant to the investigation referred to in the contested decision, various amendments were made to the cost-sharing agreement, in order in particular to take into account changes in the applicable regulatory framework.

6        Under that agreement, the parties agreed to share the costs and the risks associated with the R&D concerning intangibles following development activities connected with the Apple Group’s products and services. The parties also agreed that Apple Inc. remained the official legal owner of the cost-shared intangibles, including the Apple Group’s intellectual property (‘IP’) rights. In addition, Apple Inc. granted ASI and AOE royalty-free licences enabling those companies, inter alia, to manufacture and sell the products concerned in the territory that had been assigned to them, that is to say, the world apart from North and South America. Furthermore, the parties to the agreement were required to bear the risks resulting from that agreement, the main risk being the obligation to pay the development costs relating to the Apple Group’s IP rights.

(c)    The marketing services agreement

7        In 2008, ASI concluded a marketing services agreement with Apple Inc., in connection with which Apple Inc. undertook to provide marketing services to ASI, including the creation, development and production of marketing strategies, programmes and advertising campaigns. ASI undertook to remunerate Apple Inc. for those services by payment of a fee corresponding to a percentage of the ‘reasonable costs incurred’ by Apple Inc. in relation to those services, plus a mark-up.

3.      The Irish branches

8        ASI and AOE set up Irish branches. AOE also had a branch in Singapore, which ceased its activities in 2009.

9        ASI’s Irish branch is responsible for, inter alia, carrying out procurement, sales and distribution activities associated with the sale of Apple-branded products to related parties and third-party customers in the regions covering Europe, the Middle East, India and Africa (EMEIA) and the Asia-Pacific region (APAC). Key functions within that branch include the procurement of Apple-branded finished products from third-party and related-party manufacturers, distribution activities associated with the sale of products to related parties in the EMEIA and APAC regions and with the sale of products to third-party customers in the EMEIA region, online sales, logistics operations, and operating an after-sales service. The European Commission stated (recital 55 of the contested decision) that many activities associated with distribution in the EMEIA region were carried out by related parties under service contracts.

10      AOE’s Irish branch is responsible for the manufacture and assembly of a specialised range of computer products in Ireland such as iMac desktops, MacBook laptops and other computer accessories, which it supplies to related parties for the EMEIA region. Key functions within that branch include production planning and scheduling, process engineering, production and operations, quality assurance and quality control, and refurbishing operations.

B.      The contested tax rulings

11      The Irish tax authorities adopted advance tax decisions, known as ‘tax rulings’, in relation to certain taxpayers who had made requests to that effect. By letters of 29 January 1991 and 23 May 2007 (collectively, ‘the contested tax rulings’), the Irish tax authorities indicated their agreement with the proposals made by the Apple Group’s representatives concerning the chargeable profits of ASI and AOE in Ireland. Those rulings are described in recitals 59 to 62 of the contested decision.

1.      The 1991 tax ruling

(a)    The tax base of ACL, AOE’s predecessor

12      By letter of 12 October 1990, addressed to the Irish tax authorities, the Apple Group’s tax advisors described ACL’s operations in Ireland, indicating the functions performed by its Irish branch established in Cork (Ireland). In addition, it was stated that the branch was the owner of the assets relating to the manufacturing activities, but that AOE retained ownership of the materials used, works in progress and finished products.

13      Following the letter from the Apple Group’s representatives to the Irish tax authorities of 16 January 1991 and the response from those authorities of 24 January 1991, those authorities confirmed, by letter of 29 January 1991, the terms proposed by the Apple Group, as described below. Thus, pursuant to those terms, confirmed by the Irish tax authorities, ACL’s chargeable profit in Ireland, relating to income from its Irish branch, was calculated on the basis of the following elements:

–        65% of that branch’s operating costs up to an annual amount of [confidential](1) and 20% of its operating costs in excess of [confidential];

–        if the overall profit of ACL’s Irish branch was less than the figure obtained using that formula, that lower figure was to be used to determine the branch’s net profit;

–        the operating costs to be taken into consideration for that calculation were to include all operating expenses, excluding materials for resale and cost-share for intangibles charged from companies affiliated with the Apple Group;

–        a capital allowance could be claimed, provided it did not exceed by [confidential] the depreciation charged in the relevant accounts.

(b)    The tax base of ACAL, ASI’s predecessor

14      By letter of 2 January 1991, the Apple Group’s tax advisors informed the Irish tax authorities of the existence of a new company, Apple Computer Accessories Ltd (ACAL), the Irish branch of which was described as being responsible for sourcing products intended for export from Irish manufacturers.

15      On 16 January 1991 the Apple Group’s representatives sent a letter to the Irish tax authorities summarising the terms of the agreement which had been concluded during a meeting between that group and those authorities on 3 January 1991 as regards ACAL’s chargeable profit. According to that letter, the calculation of the branch’s profit had to be based on a margin of 12.5% of operating costs (excluding materials for resale).

16      By letter of 29 January 1991, the Irish tax authorities confirmed the terms of the agreement as expressed in the letter of 16 January 1991.

2.      The 2007 tax ruling

17      By letter of 16 May 2007 addressed to the Irish tax authorities, the Apple Group’s tax advisors summarised their proposal for revising the method for determining the tax base of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE.

18      Regarding the Irish branch of ASI (the successor to Apple Computer International, itself the successor to ACAL), it was proposed that the chargeable profit to be allocated to that branch correspond to [confidential of its operating costs, excluding costs such as sums invoiced from affiliated companies within the Apple Group and material costs.

19      Regarding AOE’s Irish branch, the chargeable profit was to correspond to the sum of, on the one hand, an amount corresponding to [confidential] of the branch’s operating costs, excluding costs such as the sums invoiced from affiliated companies within the Apple Group and material costs, and, on the other, an amount corresponding to the IP return for the manufacturing process technology developed by that branch, namely [confidential] of that branch’s turnover. A deduction was to be allowed in respect of capital allowances for plant and buildings ‘computed and allowed in the normal manner’.

20      It was proposed that the terms of the future agreement enter into force with effect from 1 October 2007 for both branches, that those terms be applicable for five years if the circumstances remained unchanged, and that they be subsequently renewed on an annual basis. It was also stated that the agreement could be applied to any new entities that might be created or transformed within the Apple Group, provided their activities corresponded to those carried out by AOE, namely manufacturing in Ireland, and by ASI, namely activities not connected with manufacturing, such as sales and services in general.

21      By letter of 23 May 2007, the Irish tax authorities confirmed their agreement with all the proposals set out in the letter of 16 May 2007. That agreement was applied until the 2014 tax year.

2.      Identification of the reference framework and assessments concerning normal taxation under Irish law (part of the first and second pleas in law in Case T778/16 and first, second and fifth pleas in law in Case T892/16)

(a)    Reference framework

140    In recitals 227 to 243 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that the relevant reference framework for its analysis of whether there was a selective advantage was the ordinary rules of taxation of corporate profit under the Irish corporate tax system, which have as their intrinsic objective the taxation of profit of all companies subject to tax in that Member State.

141    The Commission considered that that reference framework included both non-integrated and integrated companies because Irish corporation tax does not distinguish between those companies.

142    In addition, the Commission considered that even though resident and non-resident companies were taxed on different sources of income, in the light of the intrinsic objective of those rules, namely the taxation of profit of all companies subject to tax in Ireland, both types of company were in a comparable factual and legal situation. Consequently, those rules included section 25 of the TCA 97, which therefore could not be considered to constitute a separate reference framework in itself.

143    Ireland and ASI and AOE contest that definition of the reference framework and claim, in essence, that the relevant reference framework in the present instance is section 25 of the TCA 97, a separate charging provision applicable specifically to non-resident companies which are not in a situation comparable to that of resident companies. In addition, according to Ireland and ASI and AOE, the matter of whether an undertaking is integrated or non-integrated is not the issue in the present instance; instead, the issue is the taxation of non-resident companies.

144    It should be noted that, when analysing tax measures in the context of Article 107(1) TFEU, the determination of the reference framework is relevant for examining both the advantage condition and the selectivity condition.

145    As has been noted in paragraph 110 above, in the case of tax measures, the very existence of an advantage can be established only by comparison with so-called ‘normal’ taxation. It is precisely that so-called ‘normal’ taxation that is established by the reference framework.

146    In addition, in order to classify a domestic tax measure as selective, it is necessary to begin by identifying and examining the ordinary or normal tax regime applicable in the Member State concerned (judgment of 8 September 2011, Paint Graphos and Others, C‑78/08 to C‑80/08, EU:C:2011:550, paragraph 49).

147    Moreover, the Court of Justice has confirmed its case-law according to which it is sufficient, in order to establish the selectivity of a measure that derogates from an ordinary tax system, to demonstrate that that measure benefits certain operators and not others, although all those operators are in an objectively comparable situation in the light of the objective pursued by the ordinary tax system (judgment of 21 December 2016, Commission v World Duty Free Group and Others, C‑20/15 P and C‑21/15 P, EU:C:2016:981, paragraph 76).

148    Indeed, while it is not always necessary, in order for it to be established that a tax measure is selective, that it should derogate from an ordinary tax system, the fact that it can be so characterised is highly relevant in that regard where the effect of that measure is that two categories of operators are distinguished and are subject, a priori, to different treatment, namely those who fall within the scope of the derogating measure and those who continue to fall within the scope of the ordinary tax system, although those two categories are in a comparable situation in the light of the objective pursued by that system (judgment of 21 December 2016, Commission v World Duty Free Group and Others, C‑20/15 P and C‑21/15 P, EU:C:2016:981, paragraph 77).

149    In addition, the Court of Justice has held that the legislative means used are not a decisive element for the purpose of determining the reference framework (judgment of 28 June 2018, Lowell Financial Services v Commission, C‑219/16 P, not published, EU:C:2018:508, paragraphs 94 and 95).

150    It is apparent from case-law that it is the rules of taxation to which the recipient of the measure that is regarded as constituting State aid is subject that form the reference framework. It is also apparent from case-law that the substantive scope of the reference framework can be defined only in relation to the measure that is regarded as constituting State aid. Therefore, the purpose of the measures at issue and the legal framework of which they form part must be taken into consideration when determining the reference framework.

151    Moreover, the Commission explained its interpretation of the concept of reference framework in the notice on the notion of State aid as referred to in Article 107(1) TFEU (OJ 2016 C 262, p. 1). Although that notice cannot bind the Court, it may nevertheless serve as a useful source of guidance (see, to that effect and by analogy, judgment of 26 July 2017, Czech Republic v Commission, C‑696/15 P, EU:C:2017:595, paragraph 53).

152    Paragraph 133 of the notice referred to in paragraph 151 above states, inter alia, that the reference system is composed of a consistent set of rules that generally apply — on the basis of objective criteria — to all undertakings falling within its scope as defined by its objective. Typically, those rules define not only the scope of the system, but also the conditions under which the system applies, the rights and obligations of undertakings that are subject to it and the technicalities of the way in which it functions.

153    Therefore, it is in the light of the foregoing considerations that the Court must assess whether the Commission correctly identified the relevant reference framework for examining the selectivity of the contested tax rulings.

154    In the present instance, upon reading the contested tax rulings, as described in paragraphs 11 to 21 above, it is clear that they were issued in order to allow ASI and AOE to determine their chargeable profits in Ireland for the purposes of corporation tax in that Member State.

155    Accordingly, the contested tax rulings form part of the general Irish corporation tax regime, the objective of which is to tax the chargeable profits of companies carrying on activities in Ireland, be they resident or non-resident, integrated or stand-alone.

156    It must be noted that, under that general Irish regime, according to the description — which is not contested by the parties — set out in recital 71 of the contested decision, corporation tax in Ireland is charged on the profits of companies (section 21(1) of the TCA 97). In addition, Ireland applies a different rate to trading income, non-trading income and capital gains. Section 21 of the TCA 97 sets the general rate of corporation tax at 12.5%. That rate applies to the trading income of companies taxed under the TCA 97, while non-trading income is taxed at a rate of 25% and capital gains are taxed at a rate of 33%. However, capital gains on disposals of certain shareholdings are subject to an exemption.

157    Moreover, as is stated in recital 72 of the contested decision, under section 26 of the TCA 97, resident companies are subject to corporation tax calculated on the basis of their worldwide profits and capital gains, excluding most distributions received from other companies resident in Ireland.

158    Lastly, under section 25 of the TCA 97, the wording of which is set out in recital 73 of the contested decision, a non-resident company is not to be within the charge to corporation tax unless it carries on a trade in Ireland through a branch or agency. If it does so, that company is to be taxed on all of its trading income arising directly or indirectly from the branch or agency and from the property or rights used by or held by or for the branch or agency as well as on capital gains attributable to the branch or agency.

159    Under section 25(1) of the TCA 97, non-resident companies are not to be taxed in Ireland unless they carry on a trade there through a branch or agency; if they do so, they must pay corporation tax on all of their chargeable profits. Section 25(2)(a) of the TCA 97 defines chargeable profits as any trading income arising directly or indirectly through or from the branch or agency, and any income from property or rights used by, or held by or for, the branch or agency.

160    Therefore, although the first part of the first sentence of section 25(1) of the TCA 97 could be understood as establishing a derogation from the normal taxation regime in favour of non-resident companies, the second part of that sentence makes that regime applicable to non-resident companies carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch, which must pay corporation tax on all of their chargeable profits. Thus, in accordance with that provision, those companies are also subject to the conditions for the application of corporation tax.

161    When seen from that perspective, resident and non-resident companies carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch are in a comparable situation in the light of the objective pursued by that regime, namely the taxation of chargeable profits. The fact that the latter’s chargeable profits are specifically defined in section 25(2)(a) of the TCA 97 does not establish that section as the reference framework; rather, that provision is the legislative means used for the purpose of applying corporation tax to that category of company. As is apparent from the case-law cited in paragraphs 148 and 149 above, the fact that, pursuant to those legislative means, one category of company is treated differently as compared with other companies does not mean that those two categories of company are not in a comparable situation in the light of the objective pursued by that regime.

162    Therefore, the provisions concerning the chargeable profits of companies that are not resident in Ireland laid down in section 25 of the TCA 97 cannot in themselves constitute a specific regime that is separate from the ordinary rules. That provision in isolation is insufficient for the purpose of consistently applying corporation tax to those non-resident companies.

163    In those circumstances, it is appropriate to consider that the Commission did not err when it concluded that the reference framework in the present instance was the ordinary rules of taxation of corporate profit in Ireland, the intrinsic objective of which was the taxation of profit of all companies subject to tax in that Member State, and, consequently, that that framework included the provisions applicable to non-resident companies laid down in section 25 of the TCA 97.

164    Therefore, the complaints raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE concerning the reference framework defined in the contested decision must be rejected.

165    In view of the reference framework defined in the contested decision, namely the ordinary rules of taxation of corporate profit, which include, in particular, the provisions of section 25 of the TCA 97, it is necessary to analyse the complaints raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE regarding the Commission’s interpretation of those provisions.

(b)    The Commission’s assessments concerning the normal taxation of profits under Irish tax law

166    In the contested decision (in particular in recitals 319 to 321 of that decision), as part of its primary line of reasoning, the Commission maintained that the fact that the Irish branches of ASI and AOE were not allocated the profits derived from the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI and AOE meant that the determination of the annual chargeable profits of ASI and AOE in Ireland departed from a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome in line with the arm’s length principle, with the result that the amount that would otherwise have been payable by ASI and AOE as corporation tax in Ireland was reduced.

167    The Commission’s analysis in this regard is based on the consideration, outlined in recitals 244 to 263 of the contested decision, that the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 for the purpose of allocating profits to a branch required the application of a profit allocation method which, under Article 107(1) TFEU, had to be based on the arm’s length principle. In addition, in recital 272 of the contested decision, the Commission referred to the Authorised OECD Approach when it stated that the profits to be allocated to a branch were the profits that that branch would have earned at arm’s length if it had been a separate and independent enterprise engaged in identical or similar activities under identical or similar conditions, taking into account the functions performed, the assets used, and the risks assumed by the company through its branch.

168    Ireland and ASI and AOE contest each element of the reasoning described in paragraphs 166 and 167 above.

169    First, Ireland and ASI and AOE take issue with the Commission’s application of section 25 of the TCA 97 in connection with its primary line of reasoning in so far as it complained, in essence, that the Irish tax authorities had not required all of ASI and AOE’s profits to be allocated to their Irish branches.

170    Secondly, Ireland and ASI and AOE dispute that Article 107 TFEU gives rise to an arm’s length principle as relied on by the Commission in its reasoning and, consequently, argue that no such principle is applicable in Ireland.

171    Thirdly, Ireland and ASI and AOE submit that the Authorised OECD Approach does not apply to Irish tax law. They argue that, in any event, even if it were assumed that the Authorised OECD Approach could be applied in the present instance, the Commission was wrong to conclude, on the basis of that approach, that the profits relating to the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI and AOE should have been allocated to their Irish branches.

172    Therefore, it is necessary to examine, first, the complaints raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE concerning the application of section 25 of the TCA 97, then, the matter of whether the Commission was entitled to rely on an arm’s length principle arising from Article 107 TFEU in its analysis and, lastly, the application in the present instance of the Authorised OECD Approach.

(1)    Application of section 25 of the TCA 97 (part of the second plea in law in Case T778/16 and of the first plea in law in Case T892/16)

173    In the present instance, it is not in dispute that:

–        ASI and AOE are companies that are incorporated in Ireland but which are not considered to be tax resident in Ireland, as the Commission acknowledged in recital 50 of the contested decision;

–        section 25 of the TCA 97 contains provisions that apply specifically to non-resident companies under which, where a non-resident company carries on a trade in Ireland through a branch, that company is to be taxed, inter alia, on all of its trading income arising directly or indirectly from the branch;

–        the non-resident companies ASI and AOE carried on a trade in Ireland through their respective branches.

174    Therefore, it is necessary to analyse whether the Commission was entitled to consider that, under section 25 of the TCA 97, when determining ASI and AOE’s profits in Ireland, the Irish tax authorities should have allocated the Apple Group’s IP licences to the Irish branches of those two companies.

175    Under Irish tax law, and in particular under section 25 of the TCA 97, in the case of non-resident companies carrying on their trade in Ireland through a branch, only the profits derived from trade directly or indirectly attributable to that Irish branch, on the one hand, and all income from property or rights used by, or held by or for, the branch, on the other, are taxable.

176    It is true, as the Commission correctly points out and as Ireland and ASI and AOE acknowledge, that section 25 of the TCA 97 does not lay down any specific method enabling it to be established which profits are directly or indirectly attributable to the Irish branches of non-resident companies and makes no reference to the arm’s length principle for the purposes of that attribution.

177    Nevertheless, it is clear that section 25 of the TCA 97 relates only to the profits derived from trade that the Irish branches have carried on themselves and excludes profits derived from trade carried on by other parts of the non-resident company in question.

178    Ireland and ASI and AOE submit that that taxation mechanism precludes, in principle, an approach in which the entirety of the non-resident company’s profits are examined and, to the extent that those profits cannot be allocated to other parts of that company, are allocated by default to the Irish branches (an ‘exclusion’ approach).

179    In that regard, Ireland and ASI and AOE rely on the opinion of an expert in Irish law, the relevance of which is not contested as such by the Commission. According to that opinion, when determining the chargeable profits of non-resident companies carrying on a trade in Ireland through their Irish branches, the relevant analysis for the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 must cover the actual activities of those Irish branches and the value of the activities actually carried out by the branches themselves. That opinion is based, inter alia, on the judgment of the High Court, Ireland, in S. Murphy (Inspector of Taxes) v. Dataproducts (Dub.) Ltd. [1988] I. R. 10 note 4507 (‘the judgment in Dataproducts’). The judgment in Dataproducts was also relied on as precedent both in support of the arguments of Ireland and Apple Inc. during the administrative procedure and in support of the arguments of Ireland and ASI and AOE in the present dispute.

180    It is apparent from the judgment in Dataproducts that the profits derived from property that is controlled by a non-resident company cannot be regarded as such as being profits attributable to the Irish branch of that company even if that property has been made available to that branch.

181    Similarly, it is apparent from that judgment that property belonging to a company that is not resident in Ireland and controlled by the executives of that company, who are also not resident in Ireland, cannot be allocated to that company’s Irish branch, even if that property is made available to that branch. In so far as the staff and directors of the Irish branch did not have control of the property in question, the income from that property could not be attributed to that branch for the purposes of taxation in Ireland. That remains the case even where it is only the Irish branch that has employees and physical property and the non-resident company has no physical property, employees or business activities other than those of the Irish branch. The non-resident company with no employees was considered to control that property through its management bodies.

182    Therefore, it is clear from the judgment in Dataproducts that the question that is relevant when determining the profits of the branch is whether the Irish branch has control of that property.

183    In the present instance, as has been stated in paragraphs 37 to 40 above, in its primary line of reasoning the Commission contended, in essence, that where the profits from trading activity were derived from the Apple Group’s IP, the licences for which were held by ASI and AOE, those profits should have been allocated to the Irish branches in so far as those companies had no physical presence or employees outside those branches and, therefore, were unable to control those licences.

184    In the light of the judgment in Dataproducts, when determining which profits are attributable to the Irish branch of a company that is not tax resident for the purposes of section 25 of the TCA 97, the property held by that company cannot be allocated to the Irish branch if it has not been established that that property is actually controlled by that branch. In addition, it is apparent from that judgment that the fact that the non-resident company has neither employees nor any physical presence outside the Irish branch is not in itself a decisive factor preventing the conclusion that it is that company which controls that property.

185    If the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI and AOE were not controlled by the Irish branches, it would be wrong to allocate all of the income generated by the companies arising from those licences to those branches under section 25 of the TCA 97. Only the profit derived from the trading activity of the Irish branches, including that carried on on the basis of the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI and AOE, should be regarded as relating to the activities of those branches.

186    It follows from the foregoing that, when it considered that the Apple Group’s IP licences should have been allocated to the Irish branches in so far as ASI and AOE were regarded as having neither the employees nor the physical presence to manage them, the Commission allocated profits using an ‘exclusion’ approach, which is inconsistent with section 25 of the TCA 97. In its primary line of reasoning, the Commission did not attempt to show that the Irish branches of ASI and AOE had in fact controlled the Apple Group’s IP licences when it concluded that the Irish tax authorities should have allocated the Apple Group’s IP licences to those branches and that, consequently, under section 25 of the TCA 97, all of ASI and AOE’s trading income should have been regarded as arising from the activities of those branches.

187    In those circumstances, it should be held that, as Ireland and ASI and AOE rightly argue in their complaints in the second plea in law in Case T‑778/16 and in the first plea in law in Case T‑892/16, the Commission erred, in its primary line of reasoning, in its assessment of the provisions of Irish tax law relating to the taxation of the profits of companies that are not resident in Ireland but which carry on a trade there through a branch.

188    As the Commission’s primary line of reasoning is based on a series of assessments concerning the normal taxation of profits under Irish tax law, it is necessary to go on to examine the arguments raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE regarding the other inherent aspects of those assessments.

(2)    The arm’s length principle (part of the first and third pleas in law in Case T778/16 and of the first and second pleas in law in Case T892/16)

189    In essence, Ireland and ASI and AOE, supported in that regard by the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, submit that the arm’s length principle is not part of Irish tax law and that no freestanding obligation to apply that principle emerges from Article 107 TFEU, any other provision of EU law, or the judgment of 22 June 2006, Belgium and Forum 187 v Commission (C‑182/03 and C‑217/03, EU:C:2006:416). Ireland submits that, in any event, the Commission itself applied the principle inconsistently in so far as it failed to take into consideration the economic reality, structure and particular features of the Apple Group.

190    The Commission, supported in that regard by the Republic of Poland and the EFTA Surveillance Authority, disputes those arguments and contends, in essence, that the method used to determine the chargeable profits under section 25 of the TCA 97 must produce a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome and, therefore, an approximation based on the arm’s length principle, which would have been applied by the Irish tax authorities in the past when applying double taxation treaties.

191    It is therefore necessary to examine, in the first place, whether the Commission was entitled to rely on the arm’s length principle in order to determine whether there was a selective advantage and, if so, in the second place, whether the Commission correctly applied that principle in its primary line of reasoning.

(i)    Whether the Commission was entitled to rely on the arm’s length principle in order to determine whether there was a selective advantage

192    First, it should be borne in mind that, in recitals 244 to 248 of the contested decision, the Commission maintained that, in so far as section 25 of the TCA 97 did not state how the chargeable profits of an Irish branch were to be determined, that provision had to be applied by using a profit allocation method.

193    Secondly, in recital 249 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that, according to the judgment of 22 June 2006, Belgium and Forum 187 v Commission (C‑182/03 and C‑217/03, EU:C:2006:416), a reduction in the taxable base that resulted from a tax measure that enabled a taxpayer to employ transfer prices in intra-group transactions that did not resemble prices which would have been charged in conditions of free competition between independent undertakings negotiating under comparable circumstances at arm’s length conferred a selective advantage on that taxpayer for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

194    In addition, in recitals 251 and 252 of the contested decision, the Commission specified that the purpose of the arm’s length principle was to ensure that transactions between integrated group companies are treated for tax purposes by reference to the amount of profit that would have arisen if the same transactions had been carried out by non-integrated stand-alone companies. Otherwise, integrated group companies would benefit from favourable treatment under the ordinary rules of taxation. According to the Commission, in the judgment of 22 June 2006, Belgium and Forum 187 v Commission (C‑182/03 and C‑217/03, EU:C:2006:416), the Court of Justice endorsed the arm’s length principle as a benchmark for establishing whether an integrated group company received a selective advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU as a result of a tax measure that determined its transfer pricing and thus its taxable base.

195    Thirdly, in recital 255 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that the same principle applied to the internal dealings of different parts of a single integrated company, such as a branch that transacts with other parts of the company to which it belongs. According to the Commission, to ensure that a profit allocation method endorsed by a tax ruling does not confer a selective advantage on a non-resident company operating through a branch in Ireland, that method must generate a chargeable profit that is a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome in line with the arm’s length principle. In recital 256 of the contested decision, it added that it applied the arm’s length principle not as a basis for ‘imposing’ taxes that would otherwise not be due under the reference framework, but as a benchmark to verify whether the chargeable profit of a branch was determined in a manner that ensured that it was not granted favourable treatment as compared with non-integrated companies whose chargeable profits reflected prices negotiated at arm’s length on the market.

196    Fourthly, with regard to the legal basis of that principle, the Commission stated in recital 255 of the contested decision that it did not directly apply Article 7(2) or Article 9 of the OECD Model Tax Convention or the guidance provided by the OECD on profit allocation or transfer pricing, which were non-binding but which nonetheless constituted useful guidance on how to ensure that transfer pricing and profit allocation arrangements produce outcomes in line with market conditions.

197    In addition, in recital 257 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that the arm’s length principle that it applied was derived from Article 107(1) TFEU, as interpreted by the Court of Justice, which was binding on the Member States and from the scope of which national tax rules were not excluded. It noted that that principle therefore applied regardless of whether the Member State in question had incorporated that principle in its national legal system.

198    The Commission concluded from this, in recitals 258 and 259 of the contested decision, that, if it could be shown that the profit allocation methods endorsed in the contested tax rulings resulted in a chargeable profit for ASI and AOE in Ireland that departed from a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome in line with the arm’s length principle, those rulings had to be considered to confer a selective advantage, in so far as they had led to a lowering of the amount of corporation tax payable in Ireland as compared with non-integrated companies whose taxable base was determined by the profits they generated under market conditions.

199    It should be emphasised at the outset that, as is apparent from, inter alia, recitals 258 and 259 of the contested decision, referred to in paragraph 198 above, the Commission relied on the arm’s length principle in its analysis of whether the contested tax rulings gave rise to a selective advantage, in particular in its primary line of reasoning.

200    In addition, it should be borne in mind, as has been stated in paragraph 163 above, that the reference framework that was relevant for the analysis of the advantage condition in the present instance was the ordinary rules of taxation of corporate profit in Ireland, the intrinsic objective of which was the taxation of profit of all companies subject to tax in that Member State, and, consequently, that that reference framework included the provisions applicable to non-resident companies laid down in section 25 of the TCA 97.

201    It is therefore necessary to examine whether the Commission was entitled to use the arm’s length principle to analyse in, inter alia, its primary line of reasoning whether the allocation of profits to the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, as endorsed in the contested tax rulings, had conferred a selective advantage on those companies.

202    In the case of tax measures, the very existence of an advantage may be established only when compared with ‘normal’ taxation (judgment of 6 September 2006, Portugal v Commission, C‑88/03, EU:C:2006:511, paragraph 56). Consequently, such a measure confers an economic advantage on its recipient where it mitigates the burdens normally included in the budget of an undertaking and, as a result, without being a subsidy in the strict meaning of the word, is similar in character and has the same effect (judgment of 9 October 2014, Ministerio de Defensa and Navantia, C‑522/13, EU:C:2014:2262, paragraph 22).

203    Accordingly, in order to determine whether there is a tax advantage, it is necessary to compare the recipient’s situation resulting from the application of the measure in question with its situation had the measure in question not been adopted (see, to that effect, judgment of 26 April 2018, Cellnex Telecom and Telecom Castilla-La Mancha v Commission, C‑91/17 P and C‑92/17 P, not published, EU:C:2018:284, paragraph 114) and had the normal rules of taxation been applied.

204    In the first place, it should be borne in mind that the dispute in the present instance centres around the taxation of companies that are not tax resident in Ireland and which carry on a trade in that State through their Irish branches. The issue therefore lies in determining what profits must be allocated to those branches for corporation tax purposes as part of ‘normal’ taxation, taking into account the normal rules of taxation applicable in the present instance, as referred to in paragraph 200 above, which include the provisions that apply to non-resident companies set out in section 25 of the TCA 97.

205    Therefore, the question that is relevant in the present instance is not linked to the prices of intra-group transactions within a group of undertakings, as was the situation in the case that gave rise to the judgment of 24 September 2019, Netherlands and Others v Commission (T‑760/15 and T‑636/16, EU:T:2019:669).

206    It is true that the allocation of profits to a branch of a company may lend itself to the application by analogy of the principles applicable to the prices of intra-group transactions within a group of undertakings. In the same way as the prices of intra-group transactions between companies integrated in a single group of undertakings are not determined under market conditions, the allocation of profits to a branch of a single company is not carried out under market conditions.

207    However, in order for those principles to be applied by analogy, it must be clear from national tax law that the profits derived from the activities of the branches of non-resident undertakings should be taxed as if they resulted from the economic activities of stand-alone undertakings operating under market conditions.

208    In that regard, in the second place, it should be borne in mind that, as has been stated in paragraph 161 above, from the perspective of the conditions for the application of the corporation tax regime in Ireland, under section 25 of the TCA 97, both resident companies, on the one hand, and non-resident companies carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch, on the other, are in a comparable situation in the light of the objective pursued by that regime, namely taxing the chargeable profits of those companies, be they resident or non-resident.

209    In addition, as has been noted in paragraph 179 above, when determining the chargeable profits of non-resident companies carrying on a trade in Ireland through their Irish branches, the relevant analysis for the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 must cover the actual activities of those Irish branches and the value of the activities actually carried out by the branches themselves.

210    Moreover, it should be noted that, when questioned explicitly on this point in a written question put by the Court and orally at the hearing, Ireland confirmed that, for the purposes of the application of section 25 of the TCA 97, as referred to in paragraph 209 above, the value of the activities actually carried out by the branches is to be determined according to the value of that type of activity on the market.

211    Accordingly, under Irish tax law, the profit resulting from the trading activity of such a branch is to be taxed as if it were determined under market conditions.

212    In those circumstances, when the Commission examines, in connection with the power conferred on it by Article 107(1) TFEU, a tax measure concerning the chargeable profits of a non-resident company carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch, it may compare the tax burden of such a non-resident company resulting from the application of that tax measure with the tax burden resulting from the application of the normal rules of taxation under national law to a resident company, placed in a comparable factual situation, carrying on its activities under market conditions.

213    Those findings are borne out, mutatis mutandis, by the judgment of 22 June 2006, Belgium and Forum 187 v Commission (C‑182/03 and C‑217/03, EU:C:2006:416), as the Commission correctly pointed out in the contested decision. The case that gave rise to that judgment concerned Belgian tax law, which provided for integrated companies and stand-alone companies to be treated on equal terms. The Court of Justice recognised in paragraph 95 of that judgment the need to compare a regime of derogating aid with the ordinary rules ‘based on the difference between profits and outgoings of an undertaking carrying on its activities in conditions of free competition’.

214    Thus, although, through the tax measure concerning the chargeable profits of a non-resident company carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch, national authorities have accepted a certain level of profit attributable to that branch, Article 107(1) TFEU allows the Commission to check whether that level of profit corresponds to the level that would have been obtained through carrying on that trade under market conditions, in order to determine whether there is, as a result, any mitigation of the burdens normally included in the budget of the undertaking concerned, thus conferring on that undertaking an advantage for the purposes of that provision. The arm’s length principle, as described by the Commission in the contested decision, is thus a tool enabling the Commission to make that determination in the exercise of its powers under Article 107(1) TFEU.

215    Moreover, the Commission rightly noted, in recital 256 of the contested decision, that the arm’s length principle served as a ‘benchmark’ for verifying whether the chargeable profit of a branch of a non-resident company was determined, for the purposes of corporation tax, in a manner that ensured that non-resident companies operating through a branch in Ireland were not granted favourable treatment as compared with resident stand-alone companies whose chargeable profits reflected prices negotiated at arm’s length on the market.

216    In the third place, it should also be stated that when the Commission uses that tool to check whether the chargeable profit of a non-resident company carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch pursuant to a tax measure corresponds to a reliable approximation of a chargeable profit generated under market conditions, it can identify an advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU only if the variation between the two comparables goes beyond the inaccuracies inherent in the methodology used to obtain that approximation.

217    In the fourth place, it is true, as Ireland and ASI and AOE submit, that when the contested tax rulings were issued in 1991 and 2007 respectively, the arm’s length principle had not been incorporated into Irish tax law either directly, notably by incorporating the Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations, adopted by the Committee on Fiscal Affairs of the OECD on 27 June 1995 and revised on 22 July 2010 (‘the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines’), or by incorporating the Authorised OECD Approach for the purposes of allocating profits to branches of non-resident companies.

218    Nevertheless, even though that principle had not been formally incorporated into Irish law, as has been stated in paragraphs 210 above, Ireland confirmed that the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 by the Irish tax authorities required the actual activities of the Irish branches in question to be identified and the value of those activities to be determined according to the market value of that type of activity.

219    In addition, it must be pointed out that it is apparent from the judgment of the High Court in Belville Holdings v. Cronin [1985] I. R. 465, which is relied on by the Commission in its written response to the questions put by the Court, and the scope of which was debated by the parties at the hearing, that, as early as 1984, it was the position of the Irish tax authorities that, where the declared value of a transaction between associated undertakings did not correspond to the value that would have been negotiated on the open market, that value had to be adjusted so that it did correspond to the market value. That approach, which was endorsed in principle by the High Court, involved adjustments equivalent to those proposed on the basis of the arm’s length principle, in particular in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines.

220    Moreover, as the Commission rightly pointed out, the arm’s length principle was included in the double taxation treaties signed by Ireland with the United States of America and with the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland in order to resolve situations of potential double taxation. Thus, those treaties determine the profits that each State that is a party to those treaties may tax when a company established in one of those States carries on a trade in the other State through a permanent establishment. Therefore, it must be concluded that, at least in its bilateral relations with those States, Ireland agreed to apply the arm’s length principle in order to avoid taxpayers being subject to double taxation.

221    In the fifth place, as is correctly argued by Ireland and ASI and AOE, the Commission cannot, however, contend that there is a freestanding obligation to apply the arm’s length principle arising from Article 107 TFEU obliging Member States to apply that principle horizontally and in all areas of their national tax law.

222    In the absence of EU rules governing the matter, it falls within the competence of the Member States to designate bases of assessment and to spread the tax burden across the different factors of production and economic sectors (see, to that effect, judgment of 15 November 2011, Commission and Spain v Government of Gibraltar and United Kingdom, C‑106/09 P and C‑107/09 P, EU:C:2011:732, paragraph 97).

223    Although it is true that this does not mean that each tax measure affecting, inter alia, the basis of assessment taken into account by the tax authorities is exempt from the application of Article 107 TFEU (see, to that effect, judgment of 15 November 2011, Commission and Spain v Government of Gibraltar and United Kingdom, C‑106/09 P and C‑107/09 P, EU:C:2011:732, paragraphs 103 and 104), the fact remains that, at the current stage of development of EU law, the Commission does not have the power independently to determine what constitutes the ‘normal’ taxation of an integrated undertaking while disregarding the national rules of taxation.

224    Nevertheless, although so-called ‘normal’ taxation is to be determined according to the national tax rules and in spite of the fact that those rules must be used as a reference point when establishing the very existence of an advantage, the fact remains that, if those national rules provide that the branches of non-resident companies, as concerns the profits derived from those branches’ trading activity in Ireland, and resident companies are to be subject to the same conditions of taxation, Article 107(1) TFEU gives the Commission the right to check whether the level of profit allocated to the branches that has been accepted by the national authorities for the purpose of determining the chargeable profits of those non-resident companies corresponds to the level of profit that would have been obtained if that activity had been carried on under market conditions.

225    In those circumstances, it is necessary to reject the arguments of Ireland and ASI and AOE put forward in the first plea in law in Case T‑778/16 and in the first and second pleas in law in Case T‑892/16, inasmuch as they complain that, in the present instance, the Commission, in view of the Irish tax authorities’ application of section 25 of the TCA 97, checked, by reference to the arm’s length principle — which, according to the contested decision, the Commission used as a tool — whether the level of profit allocated to the branches for their trade in Ireland, as accepted in the contested tax rulings, corresponded to the level of profit that would have been obtained through carrying on that trade under market conditions.

(ii) Whether the Commission correctly applied the arm’s length principle in its primary line of reasoning

226    In Ireland’s third plea in law in Case T‑778/16, it claims that the Commission’s own application of the arm’s length principle in its primary line of reasoning was inconsistent because it failed to take into account the economic reality, structure and particular features of the Apple Group.

227    In that regard, it is appropriate to bear in mind what has been stated in paragraphs 209 and 210 above, namely that, when determining the chargeable profits of non-resident companies carrying on a trade in Ireland through their Irish branches, the relevant analysis for the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 must cover the actual activities of those branches and the market value of the activities actually carried out by the branches themselves.

228    In its primary line of reasoning, the Commission concluded that the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI and AOE should have been allocated to the Irish branches due to the lack of staff and physical presence of those two companies, without attempting to show that that allocation followed from the activities actually carried on by those Irish branches. In addition, the Commission inferred from that conclusion that all of the trading income of ASI and AOE should have been regarded as arising from the activities of the Irish branches without attempting to show that that income was representative of the value of the activities actually carried out by the branches themselves.

229    In those circumstances, it must be held that the arguments raised by Ireland in the third plea in law in Case T‑778/16, inasmuch as they contest the Commission’s conclusions in its primary line of reasoning based on the arm’s length principle, are well founded.

230    For the reasons set out in paragraph 188 above, it will be necessary to go on to examine the arguments raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE regarding the Commission’s assessments in its primary line of reasoning concerning the Authorised OECD Approach.

(3)    The Authorised OECD Approach (part of the second and fourth pleas in law in Case T778/16 and fifth plea in law in Case T892/16)

231    In essence, Ireland and ASI and AOE submit that the Authorised OECD Approach does not form part of the Irish tax system and, in particular, does not apply in the context of the taxation of non-resident companies provided for in section 25 of the TCA 97. That provision is not based on the Authorised OECD Approach. Moreover, Ireland and ASI and AOE submit that, even if it is assumed that the allocation of chargeable profits under section 25 of the TCA 97 should have been carried out in accordance with the Authorised OECD Approach, the Commission misapplied that approach inasmuch as it failed to examine the functions actually performed within the Irish branches of ASI and AOE.

232    It is therefore necessary to examine, in the first place, whether the Commission was entitled to rely on the Authorised OECD Approach when it verified whether there was a selective advantage and, if so, in the second place, whether the Commission correctly applied that approach in its primary line of reasoning.

(i)    Whether the Commission was entitled to rely on the Authorised OECD Approach

233    As has been stated in paragraph 202 above, in the case of tax measures, the very existence of an advantage may be established only when compared with ‘normal’ taxation, as this allows it to be verified whether those measures lead to a reduction in the tax burden on the recipients of the measures in question as compared with the burden that those recipients would normally have had to bear had the measures not been adopted.

234    Accordingly, it is Irish tax law that the Commission should have used for its comparison to verify whether the contested tax rulings had created an advantage and whether that advantage was selective.

235    As is apparent from the considerations set out in paragraph 195 above, the Commission explicitly stated in recital 255 of the contested decision that it did not directly apply Article 7(2) or Article 9 of the OECD Model Tax Convention or the guidance provided by the OECD on profit allocation or transfer pricing. Further, as has been pointed out in paragraph 217 above, the Authorised OECD Approach has not been incorporated into Irish tax law.

236    However, even though the Commission was entitled to observe that it cannot be formally bound by the principles developed within the OECD and, more specifically, by the Authorised OECD Approach, the fact remains that, in its primary line of reasoning, in particular in recitals 265 to 270 of the contested decision, it relied, in essence, on the Authorised OECD Approach when it considered that profit allocation within a company involved allocating assets, functions and risks among the various parts of that company. Moreover, the Commission itself refers directly to the Authorised OECD Approach when substantiating its considerations, for example in footnote 186 of the contested decision.

237    In that regard, it should be noted that the Authorised OECD Approach is an approach that is based on work carried out by groups of experts and which reflects international consensus regarding profit allocation to permanent establishments. It is, therefore, certainly of practical significance when interpreting questions relating to that profit allocation, as the Commission acknowledged in recital 79 of the contested decision.

238    Moreover, it should be borne in mind, as Ireland itself acknowledged in paragraph 123 of its application without being challenged in that regard by the Commission, that, when applying section 25 of the TCA 97 it is necessary to look at the facts and circumstances of the branches in Ireland, including the functions performed, the assets used and the risks assumed by the branches. In addition, it should also be borne in mind that, when questioned specifically on that point in a written question put by the Court and orally at the hearing, Ireland confirmed that, in order to determine the profits to be allocated to branches for the purposes of section 25 of the TCA 97, it was necessary to carry out an objective analysis of the facts that included, first, identifying the ‘activities’ performed by the branch, the assets it uses for its activities, including intangibles such as IP, and the related risks that it assumes and, second, determining the value of that type of activity on the market.

239    Contrary to what is claimed by Ireland in its arguments concerning the differences between section 25 of the TCA 97 and the Authorised OECD Approach, it is clear that there is essentially some overlap between the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 as described by Ireland and the functional and factual analysis conducted as part of the first step of the analysis proposed by the Authorised OECD Approach.

240    In those circumstances, the Commission cannot be criticised for having relied, in essence, on the Authorised OECD Approach when it considered that, for the purposes of applying section 25 of the TCA 97, the allocation of profits to the Irish branch of a non-resident company had to take into account the allocation of assets, functions and risks between the branch and the other parts of that company.

(ii) Whether the Commission correctly applied the Authorised OECD Approach in its primary line of reasoning

241    Ireland and ASI and AOE submit, in essence, that the Commission’s primary line of reasoning is inconsistent with the Authorised OECD Approach, inasmuch as the Commission considered that the profits relating to the Apple Group’s IP licences should necessarily have been allocated to the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, in so far as the executives of ASI and AOE did not perform active or critical functions with regard to the management of those licences.

242    In that regard, it should be borne in mind that, in accordance with the Authorised OECD Approach as described, inter alia, in recitals 88 and 89 of the contested decision, the aim of the analysis in the first step is to identify the assets, functions and risks that must be allocated to the permanent establishment of a company on the basis of the activities actually performed by that company. It is true that the analysis in that first step cannot be carried out in an abstract manner that ignores the activities and functions performed within the company as a whole. However, the fact that the Authorised OECD Approach requires an analysis of the functions actually performed within the permanent establishment is at odds with the approach adopted by the Commission consisting, first, in identifying the functions performed by the company as a whole without conducting a more detailed analysis of the functions actually performed by the branches and, second, in presuming that the functions had been performed by the permanent establishment when those functions could not be allocated to the head office of the company itself.

243    In its primary line of reasoning the Commission considered, in essence, that the profits of ASI and AOE relating to the Apple Group’s IP (which, according to the Commission’s line of argument, represented a very significant part of the total profit of those two companies) had to be allocated to the Irish branches in so far as ASI and AOE had no employees capable of managing that IP outside those branches, without, however, establishing that the Irish branches had performed those management functions.

244    Accordingly, as Ireland and ASI and AOE rightly argue, the approach followed by the Commission in its primary line of reasoning is inconsistent with the Authorised OECD Approach.

245    In those circumstances, as is rightly argued by Ireland and ASI and AOE in their complaints in the second and fourth pleas in law in Case T‑778/16 and in the fifth plea in law in Case T‑892/16, it must be found that the Commission erred in its application, in its primary line of reasoning, of the functional and factual analysis of the activities performed by the branches of ASI and AOE, on which the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 by the Irish tax authorities is based and which corresponds, in essence, to the analysis provided for by the Authorised OECD Approach.

(4)    Conclusions regarding the identification of the reference framework and the assessments of normal taxation under Irish law

246    In the light of the foregoing considerations, it must be found that the Commission did not err when it identified as the reference framework in the present instance the ordinary rules of taxation of corporate profit, which include, in particular, the provisions of section 25 of the TCA 97.

247    In addition, the Commission did not err when it relied on the arm’s length principle as a tool in order to check whether, in the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 by the Irish tax authorities, the level of profit allocated to the branches for their trading activity in Ireland as accepted in the contested tax rulings corresponded to the level of profit that would have been obtained by carrying on that trading activity under market conditions.

248    Moreover, the Commission cannot be criticised for having relied, in essence, on the Authorised OECD Approach when it considered that, for the purposes of applying section 25 of the TCA 97, the allocation of profits to the Irish branch of a non-resident company had to take into account the allocation of assets, functions and risks between the branch and the other parts of that company.

249    However, it must be found that, in its primary line of reasoning, the Commission made errors concerning the application of, first, section 25 of the TCA 97, as has been stated in paragraph 187 above, second, the arm’s length principle, as has been stated in paragraph 229 above, and, third, the Authorised OECD Approach, as has been stated in paragraphs 244 and 245 above. In those circumstances, it is appropriate to conclude that the Commission’s primary line of reasoning was based on erroneous assessments of normal taxation under the Irish tax law applicable in the present instance.

250    For the sake of completeness, it will, however, be necessary to go on to examine the complaints raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE regarding the Commission’s factual assessments concerning the activities within the Apple Group.

3.      The Commission’s assessments concerning the activities within the Apple Group (first plea in law in Case T778/16 and third and fourth pleas in law in Case T892/16)

251    As has been stated in paragraph 177 above, section 25 of the TCA 97 relates to the profits derived from trade that the Irish branches have carried on themselves. In addition, it should be borne in mind that, as has been stated in paragraph 238 above, when applying section 25 of the TCA 97, it is necessary to look at the facts and circumstances of the branches in Ireland, including the functions performed, the assets used and the risks assumed by the branches.

252    Moreover, the Commission itself emphasised in recitals 91 and 92 of the contested decision that, when dealing with the issue of the allocation of intangible property, such as IP, to permanent establishments, the Authorised OECD Approach relies on the concept of significant people functions related to the management of the property in question and decision-making, in particular with regard to the development of the intangible property.

253    It is therefore appropriate to examine the complaints raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE in the first plea in law in Case T‑778/16 and in the third and fourth pleas in law in Case T‑892/16 regarding the Commission’s factual assessments concerning the activities within the Apple Group.

254    Ireland and ASI and AOE submit, in essence, that the activities and functions performed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, identified by the Commission, represented only a tiny part of their economic activity and their profits and that, in any event, those activities and functions included neither management nor strategic decision-making concerning the development or marketing of the IP. Rather, Ireland and ASI and AOE submit that all strategic decisions, in particular those concerning product design and development, were taken following an overall commercial strategy determined in Cupertino and implemented by the two companies in question through their management bodies and, in any event, outside the Irish branches. Consequently, there is no justification for allocating the Apple Group’s IP licences to the Irish branches.

(a)    Activities of ASI’s Irish branch

255    As has been stated in paragraph 9 above, ASI’s Irish branch is responsible for, inter alia, carrying out procurement, sales and distribution activities associated with the sale of Apple-branded products to related parties and third-party customers in the areas covering the EMEIA and APAC regions.

256    In recitals 289 and 290 of the contested decision, the Commission referred to product quality control, R&D facilities management and business risk as being functions that necessarily had to be allocated to the Irish branches given that, outside those branches, ASI and AOE had no staff capable of carrying out those functions.

257    More specifically, the Commission emphasised that, in so far as the Irish branch of ASI was authorised to distribute Apple-branded products, its activities necessitated access to that brand, which was granted to ASI as a whole in the form of the Apple Group’s IP licences (recital 296 of the contested decision).

258    The Commission then asserted that ASI’s Irish branch performed a number of functions crucial for the development and maintenance of the Apple brand on the local market and for ensuring customer loyalty to that brand in that market. By way of example, it stated that ASI’s Irish branch had incurred local marketing costs directly with marketing service providers (recital 297 of the contested decision). In addition, ASI’s Irish branch was responsible for gathering and analysing regional data to estimate the expected demand forecast for Apple-branded products (recital 298 of the contested decision). Moreover, the Commission highlighted the fact that there were [confidential] full-time equivalent employees (‘FTEs’) categorised as R&D personnel based in Ireland (recital 300 of the contested decision).

259    First, with regard to the ‘exclusion’ approach to allocation adopted by the Commission in recitals 289 to 295 of the contested decision, which involved attributing to the Irish branches of ASI and AOE the quality control, R&D facilities management and business risk management functions solely on the basis that ASI and AOE had no staff outside their Irish branches, it is necessary to recall the considerations set out in paragraphs 243 and 244 above, which states that such an approach is inconsistent with Irish law and with the Authorised OECD Approach. The Commission did not succeed, by that reasoning, in showing that those functions had actually been carried out by the Irish branches.

260    In order to substantiate its assessment, the Commission relies on Exhibit B to the cost-sharing agreement as amended in 2009 which includes two tables, reproduced in Figures 8 and 9 of the contested decision (recital 122 of the contested decision), concerning all of the relevant functions relating to intangible property subject to the agreement in question and the related risks. Each of those functions and risks has an ‘x’ next to it in the columns for, respectively, Apple Inc. (identified as ‘Apple’) and ASI and AOE (identified collectively as ‘International Participant’), except for IP Registration and Defence, which is solely associated with Apple Inc.

261    In respect of the intangible property that is subject to the cost-sharing agreement, that is to say essentially all of the Apple Group’s IP, the functions listed in Exhibit B to that agreement cover R&D, quality control, forecasting, financial planning and analysis in relation to development activities, R&D facilities management, contracting with related parties or third parties in relation to development activities, contract administration in relation to development activities, selection, hiring and supervision of employees, contractors and subcontractors to perform development activities, IP registration and defence, and market development.

262    The risks listed in Exhibit B to the cost-sharing agreement relating to all of the Apple Group’s IP include, inter alia, product development risk, product quality risk, market development risk, product liability risk, fixed and tangible asset risk, IP protection and infringement risk, brand development and recognition risk, and risks related to changes in regulatory regimes.

263    As Apple Inc. claimed in the administrative procedure and as ASI and AOE have argued before the Court, it is apparent from the exhibit in question that it lists the functions that the parties to the cost-sharing agreement were authorised to perform and the associated risks that they might have been required to assume. However, the Commission provided no evidence to show that ASI or AOE, let alone their Irish branches, had actually performed any of those functions.

264    In addition, with regard to those functions and risks, the Commission contends that it is ‘clear’ that, with no employees outside their Irish branches, ASI and AOE would not have been able to monitor such risks. However, the Commission provides no evidence that demonstrates that the staff of the branches in question actually performed those functions and managed those risks.

265    Moreover, Ireland — supported in this regard by Apple Inc. in the administrative procedure and by ASI and AOE before the Court — claimed that ASI’s branch had had no staff until 2012, before which all of the staff had been employed by the Irish branch of AOE. That information is stated in recital 109 of the contested decision and was confirmed during the hearing. If the Commission’s argument that ASI would not have been able to perform such functions outside its branch given its lack of staff had to be followed, this would mean that, for a large part of the period covered by the Commission’s examination, ASI’s Irish branch, which also had no staff, would have been equally unable to perform those functions.

266    In the same vein, the Commission relies on the fact that ASI’s board of directors would not have been in a position to perform those functions or assume those risks purely through occasional board meetings. However, the Commission did not attempt to establish that the management bodies of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE had actually actively managed, on a day-to-day basis, all of the functions and risks relating to the Apple Group’s IP listed in Exhibit B to the cost-sharing agreement.

267    Lastly, it can be concluded that the activities and risks listed in Exhibit B to the cost-sharing agreement, mentioned in paragraphs 261 and 262 above are, in essence, all of the functions at the heart of the Apple Group’s business model, which is centred on the development of technological products. With regard, in particular, to the risks listed in Exhibit B, they can be regarded as key risks which are inherent to that business model. The Commission argues, in essence, that ASI’s Irish branch performed all of those functions and assumed all of those risks relating to the Apple Group’s activities outside North and South America without providing evidence of the actual performance of those functions or assumption of those risks by the branch in question. Given the extent of the Apple Group’s activities outside North and South America, which represent approximately 60% of the group’s turnover, the Commission’s assertion in that regard is not reasonable.

268    Secondly, with regard to the activities and functions that the Commission listed in recitals 296 to 300 of the contested decision as having actually been performed by ASI’s Irish branch, it should be noted that, in the present instance, none of those activities or functions, regardless of whether they are taken individually or as a whole, justifies allocating the Apple Group’s IP licences to that branch.

269    With regard to quality control, ASI and AOE claimed, without being challenged by the Commission on the point, that thousands of people around the world worked in the quality control function, while only one person was employed in that function in Ireland. In addition, they stated that those functions could even be outsourced through agreements with third-party manufacturers.

270    In that regard, it is clear that, in the absence of other evidence, it cannot be concluded from the fact that a function such as quality control is crucial for the reputation of the Apple brand, whose products were distributed by ASI’s Irish branch, that that function was necessarily performed by that branch.

271    As regards the management of risk exposure in connection with the branches’ normal activity, the Commission put forward only a single argument, in which it claimed that it was ‘clear’ that, in so far as ASI had no employees, it could not control and monitor commercial risks. In that regard, it is sufficient to refer to paragraph 266 above, according to which it was for the Commission to prove with specific evidence that the branches of ASI and AOE had performed the functions and assumed the risks that were allocated to them. Consequently, the Commission’s reasoning, far from leading to a clear result, is insufficient to prove that that type of function was actually performed by ASI’s Irish branch.

272    ASI and AOE claimed, without being challenged on the point by the Commission, that no one employed by the Irish branches was responsible for R&D facilities management.

273    With regard to the [confidential] FTEs categorised as employees in the R&D function, ASI and AOE provided detailed explanations regarding the specific tasks performed by those employees, namely ensuring products meet safety and environmental standards in the region [confidential], testing products to ensure they meet technical standards in the region [confidential], assisting a Cupertino-based team with software delivery [confidential], translating software into various languages of the region [confidential] and administrative support [confidential]. They argue that those activities are clearly support roles and, as important as they may be, they cannot be regarded as key functions that determine that the Apple Group’s IP licences should be allocated to the Irish branches in question.

274    With regard to the local marketing costs incurred directly with marketing service providers, the fact that ASI’s Irish branch incurred those costs does not mean that that branch is responsible for designing the marketing strategy itself. As ASI and AOE claim, without being challenged on the point by the Commission, ASI’s Irish branch had no staff assigned to the marketing function.

275    As for the activities involving gathering and analysing regional data, Ireland and ASI and AOE do not dispute that ASI and AOE were involved in such activities during the relevant period. However, as Ireland and ASI and AOE submit, without being challenged on the point by the Commission, those activities seem to have consisted of merely gathering data which was to be added to a database of worldwide scope. Those statistical data treatment activities seem to be support activities rather than activities that are essential for all of ASI’s trading activity. In any event, the fact that the Irish branches are responsible for gathering data is insufficient to justify allocating the Apple Group’s IP licences to those branches.

276    With regard to the activities relating to the AppleCare service, in recital 299 of the contested decision the Commission stated, on the basis of the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland, that these were after-sales support and repair services for Apple-branded products covering the entire EMEIA region, for which ASI’s Irish branch was responsible. The Commission considered that, in so far as the objective of that function was to ensure customer satisfaction, it had a direct link to the Apple brand.

277    In that regard, it is apparent from the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland, on which the Commission itself relied, that ASI’s Irish branch performed a number of so-called ‘execution’ functions, operating in accordance with the guidance and strategy decided in the United States, including some relating to the AppleCare service. As part of that service, the responsibilities of ASI’s Irish branch were described as being linked to the warranty and repair programmes for Apple-branded products, repair network management, and telephone support for customers. The tasks specifically performed by ASI’s branch were described as the collection of data on product failures and the monitoring of those failures and of returned products, which were sent to the analytics teams in the United States. The report also notes that ASI’s branch was responsible for managing suppliers of repair services, which were centrally approved by the Apple Group, and for distributing spare parts within the supplier network. That description matches the description in the ad hoc report submitted by Apple Inc. The Commission did not challenge that description of the tasks relating to the AppleCare service performed by ASI’s Irish branch.

278    At the hearing, ASI and AOE confirmed that AppleCare was a service provided by the Irish branch, which bore the costs of the infrastructure and staff connected with that service. That staff was, inter alia, responsible for answering questions from users of Apple-branded products through a call centre.

279    On the basis of the description of the AppleCare service given by Ireland and ASI and AOE, to which the Commission makes reference in the contested decision, it can be summarised as after-sales support for users of Apple-branded products, which includes the repair and exchange of defective products. The nature of the support service provided by the Irish branch involves assisting in the implementation of the warranty itself, for which ASI is responsible. Moreover, such an after-sales service is not linked to the design, development, manufacture or sale of the products themselves.

280    Although the quality of an after-sales service may have a significant impact on the perception of the brand and may be the impetus for product improvements, the fact that those activities were performed by ASI’s Irish branch does not necessarily mean that the Apple Group’s IP licences should be allocated to it. After-sales services are often outsourced without it being necessary to allocate the IP of the company in question to the external supplier in question.

281    Thirdly, the analysis of the activities of ASI’s Irish branch, including the functions assessed by the Commission as justifying the allocation of the Apple Group’s IP licences to that branch, indicates that they are routine functions performed in accordance with instructions from executives based in the United States which do not contribute significant added value to ASI’s activities taken as a whole. In that regard, it should be noted, in particular, that the ad hoc reports submitted by Apple Inc. and Ireland include a detailed analysis of the activities of ASI’s Irish branch. Those two reports concluded that those activities were routine and characterised them as supply, sale and distribution activities that were of limited risk. Although the Commission disputes the latter assessment, it has not, as such, challenged the description of those activities and functions provided by Ireland and Apple Inc.

282    Fourthly, the Commission argued that those activities and functions performed by ASI’s Irish branch necessitated access to the Apple brand. Although the activities of ASI’s Irish branch may have had an impact on the image and prestige of the Apple brand and it may even have been necessary to use the Apple Group’s IP in order to perform those activities, that access to and use of the brand by the branch could have been assured through licences specific to that branch’s needs without it being necessary to allocate all of the IP licences in question to that branch. Therefore, the Commission did not succeed in showing, through its arguments, that the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI had to be allocated to its branch.

283    After analysing the functions and activities performed by ASI’s Irish branch which the Commission had identified as justifying allocating the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI to that branch, it must be concluded that these are support activities for implementing policies and strategies designed and adopted outside of that branch, in particular with regard to the research, development and marketing of Apple-branded products.

284    In those circumstances, it must be concluded, as was argued by Ireland and ASI and AOE, that the Commission erred when it considered that the functions and activities performed by ASI’s Irish branch justified allocating the Apple Group’s IP licences and the income arising from those licences to that branch.

(b)    Activities of AOE’s Irish branch

285    As has been stated in paragraph 10 above, AOE’s Irish branch is responsible for the manufacture and assembly of iMac desktops, MacBook laptops and other computer accessories. Those activities take place in Ireland. It supplies its products to related parties within the Apple Group.

286    In recital 301 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that AOE’s Irish branch developed specific processes and manufacturing expertise and ensured quality assurance and quality control functions which were needed to preserve the value of the Apple brand.

287    In addition, in recitals 301 and 302 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that the costs covered by the cost-sharing agreement associated with that branch were taken into account in the 1991 tax ruling and that in the 2007 tax ruling [confidential] of its turnover had been allocated as IP return. On the basis of those factors, the Commission inferred that the Irish authorities should have concluded that AOE’s Irish branch was involved in IP development or in the management and control of the Apple Group’s IP licences.

288    First, the findings in paragraphs 259 to 272 above apply equally to AOE’s Irish branch, in so far as the Commission’s arguments concerning quality control, R&D facilities management and business risk management functions refer indiscriminately to ASI and AOE’s Irish branches.

289    Secondly, concerning, more specifically, the specific processes and manufacturing expertise, the parties agree that those functions were actually performed by AOE’s Irish branch. However, Ireland and ASI and AOE dispute the conclusions that the Commission draws from that fact.

290    In that regard, it should be noted that those specific processes and that expertise were developed by AOE’s Irish branch itself in the context of its manufacturing activities. Although those processes and that expertise may benefit from protection through certain IP rights, they are limited in scope and are specific to the activities performed by that Irish branch. Consequently, those processes and that expertise are insufficient to justify allocating all of the Apple Group’s IP licences to that branch.

291    Thirdly, as Ireland and ASI and AOE claim and the Commission acknowledges, the contested tax rulings took account of the contributions made by AOE’s Irish branch to the Apple Group’s IP.

292    First, in the 1991 tax ruling, as the Commission notes in recital 302 of the contested decision, the contribution made by AOE’s Irish branch to the costs associated with the cost-sharing agreement was included in the operating costs on the basis of which AOE’s chargeable profits were calculated. Consequently, part of AOE’s chargeable profits was deemed to be calculated by taking into account part of the Apple Group’s IP. However, the Commission has provided no evidence to substantiate its argument set out in recital 302 of the contested decision according to which, given that part of the costs relating to the Apple Group’s IP had been taken into account when AOE’s chargeable profits were calculated, the Irish tax authorities should have allocated all of the Apple Group’s IP licences to AOE’s Irish branch.

293    Second, in the 2007 tax ruling, the existence of IP specific to the manufacturing activities of AOE’s Irish branch and the corresponding remuneration were recognised expressly when the return on the IP developed by that branch was included in the formula for the calculation of AOE’s chargeable profits. In that regard, the Commission provided no evidence to substantiate its argument set out in recital 303 of the contested decision that, in the light of the remuneration relating to the IP developed by AOE’s Irish branch, that branch must have been involved in the development, management or control of the licences covering all of the Apple Group’s IP. The fact that remuneration for the IP developed specifically in the context of the manufacturing activities of AOE’s Irish branch was allocated to that branch does not mean that the licences covering all of the Apple Group’s IP must also be attributed to it.

294    Consequently, the Commission cannot base its conclusion that the profits from all of the Apple Group’s IP should have been allocated to AOE’s Irish branch solely on the involvement of that branch in the creation of specific processes and the development of expertise in the manufacture of the products for which it is responsible.

295    In those circumstances, it must be concluded, as Ireland and ASI and AOE argued, that the Commission erred when it considered that the functions and activities performed by AOE’s Irish branch justified allocating the Apple Group’s IP licences and the income arising from them to that branch.

(c)    Activities other than those of ASI and AOE’s branches

296    As has been stated in paragraphs 37 to 40 above, the Commission’s primary line of reasoning in the contested decision is based on the contention that the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI and AOE should have been allocated to their Irish branches because, aside from those branches, ASI and AOE had no physical presence and no employees capable of performing key functions and managing the licences in question, whereas the branches of ASI and AOE were the only part of those companies with a tangible presence and employees.

297    It is necessary to examine the arguments put forward by Ireland and ASI and AOE in which they contest the Commission’s contention and claim, in essence, that the Apple Group’s strategic decision-making was centralised in Cupertino and that ASI and AOE implemented those decisions through their management bodies without the Irish branches actively having taken part in that decision-making.

(1)    Strategic decision-making within the Apple Group

298    Ireland and ASI and AOE claim that the ‘centre of gravity’ of the Apple Group’s activities was in Cupertino and not in Ireland. All strategic decisions, in particular those concerning the design and development of the Apple Group’s products, were taken, in accordance with an overall business strategy covering the group as a whole, in Cupertino. That centrally decided strategy was implemented by the companies of the group, which include ASI and AOE, which acted through their management bodies, much like any other company, according to the rules of company law applicable to them.

299    In that regard, it should be noted, in particular, that ASI and AOE submitted evidence, in the administrative procedure and in support of their pleadings in the present instance, on the centralised nature of the strategic decisions within the Apple Group taken by directors in Cupertino and then implemented subsequently by the various entities of the group, such as ASI and AOE. Those centralised procedures concern, inter alia, pricing, accounting decisions, financing and treasury and cover all of the international activities of the Apple Group that would have been decided centrally under the direction of the parent company, Apple Inc.

300    More specifically, with regard to decisions in the field of R&D — which is, in particular, the functional area behind the Apple Group’s IP — ASI and AOE provided evidence showing that decisions relating to the development of the products which were then to be marketed by, inter alia, ASI and AOE, and concerning the R&D strategy which was to be followed by, inter alia, ASI and AOE had been taken and implemented by executives of the group based in Cupertino. It is also apparent from that evidence that the strategies relating to new product launches and, in particular, the organisation of distribution on the European markets in the months leading up to the proposed launch date had been managed at the Apple-Group level by, inter alia, the Executive Team under the direction of the Chief Executive Officer in Cupertino.

301    In addition, it is apparent from the file that contracts with third-party original equipment manufacturers (‘OEMs’), which were responsible for the manufacture of a large proportion of the products sold by ASI, were negotiated and signed by the parent company, Apple Inc., and ASI through their respective directors, either directly or by power of attorney. ASI and AOE also submitted evidence regarding the negotiations and the signing of contracts with customers, such as telecommunications operators, which were responsible for a significant proportion of the retail sales of Apple-branded products, in particular mobile phones. It is apparent from that evidence that the negotiations in question were led by directors of the Apple Group and that the contracts were signed on behalf of the Apple Group by Apple Inc. and ASI through their respective directors, either directly or by power of attorney.

302    Consequently, in so far as it has been established that the strategic decisions — in particular those concerning the development of the Apple Group’s products underlying the Apple Group’s IP — were taken in Cupertino on behalf of the Apple Group as a whole, the Commission erred when it concluded that the Apple Group’s IP was necessarily managed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, which held the licences for that IP.

(2)    Decision-making by ASI and AOE

303    With regard to ASI and AOE’s ability to take decisions concerning their essential functions through their management bodies, the Commission itself accepted that those companies had boards of directors which held regular meetings during the relevant period, and reproduced extracts from the minutes of those meetings confirming that fact in Tables 4 and 5 of the contested decision.

304    The fact that the minutes of the board meetings do not give details of the decisions concerning the management of the Apple Group’s IP licences, of the cost-sharing agreement and of important business decisions does not mean that those decisions were not taken.

305    The summary nature of the extracts from the minutes reproduced by the Commission in Tables 4 and 5 of the contested decision is sufficient to allow the reader to understand how the company’s key decisions in each tax year, such as approval of the annual accounts, were taken and recorded in the relevant board minutes.

306    The resolutions of the boards of directors which were recorded in those minutes covered regularly (that is to say, several times a year), inter alia, the payment of dividends, the approval of directors’ reports and the appointment and resignation of directors. In addition, less frequently, those resolutions concerned the establishment of subsidiaries and powers of attorney authorising certain directors to carry out various activities such as managing bank accounts, overseeing relations with governments and public bodies, carrying out audits, taking out insurance, hiring, purchasing and selling assets, taking delivery of goods and dealing with commercial contracts. Moreover, it is apparent from those minutes that individual directors were granted very wide managerial powers.

307    In addition, with regard to the cost-sharing agreement, it is apparent from the information submitted by ASI and AOE that the various versions of that agreement in existence during the relevant period were signed by members of the respective boards of directors of those companies in Cupertino.

308    Moreover, according to the detailed information provided by ASI and AOE, it is the case for both ASI and AOE that, among ASI’s 14 directors and AOE’s 8 directors on their respective boards for each tax year during the period when the contested tax rulings were in force, there was only one director who was based in Ireland.

309    Consequently, the Commission erred when it considered that ASI and AOE, through their management bodies, in particular their boards of directors, did not have the ability to perform the essential functions of the companies in question by, where appropriate, delegating their powers to individual executives who were not members of the Irish branches’ staff.

(d)    Conclusions concerning the activities within the Apple Group

310    It is apparent from the foregoing considerations that, in the present instance, the Commission has not succeeded in showing that, in the light, first, of the activities and functions actually performed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE and, second, of the strategic decisions taken and implemented outside of those branches, the Apple Group’s IP licences should have been allocated to those Irish branches when determining the annual chargeable profits of ASI and AOE in Ireland.

311    In those circumstances, it is necessary to uphold the complaints raised by Ireland in the first plea in law in Case T‑778/16 and by ASI and AOE in the third and fourth pleas in law in Case T‑892/16 regarding the Commission’s factual assessments concerning the activities of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE and the activities outside of those branches.

4.      Conclusion regarding the Commission’s assessment that there was a selective advantage on the basis of its primary line of reasoning

312    In the light of the findings in paragraph 249 above regarding the Commission’s erroneous assessments of normal taxation under the Irish tax law applicable in the present instance and the findings in paragraph 310 above regarding the Commission’s erroneous assessments of the activities within the Apple Group, it is necessary to uphold the pleas in law alleging that, in its primary line of reasoning, the Commission did not succeed in showing that, by issuing the contested tax rulings, the Irish tax authorities granted ASI and AOE an advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

313    It is therefore not necessary to examine the pleas in law contesting the Commission’s assessments in its primary line of reasoning regarding the selectivity of the measures at issue and the lack of justification for them.

314    Therefore, it is appropriate to go on to examine the pleas in law submitted by Ireland and ASI and AOE contesting the assessments made by the Commission in connection with its subsidiary and alternative lines of reasoning in the contested decision.

E.      Pleas in law contesting the assessments made by the Commission in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning (fourth plea in law in Case T778/16 and eighth plea in law in Case T892/16)

315    In connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning in the contested decision (recitals 325 to 360), the Commission contended that, even if the Irish tax authorities had been fully entitled to accept that the Apple Group IP licences held by ASI and AOE should not have been allocated to their Irish branches, the profit allocation methods endorsed in the contested tax rulings had nonetheless led to a result departing from a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome in line with the arm’s length principle, because those methods undervalued the annual chargeable profits of ASI and AOE in Ireland.

316    More specifically, in particular in recitals 328 to 330 of the contested decision, the Commission contended that the profit allocation methods endorsed in the contested tax rulings constituted one-sided profit allocation methods which resembled the transaction net margin method (‘the TNMM’) laid down by the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines.

317    According to the Commission, the profit allocation methods endorsed by the contested tax rulings were vitiated by errors resulting from (i) the choice of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches as the focus or ‘tested party’ in one-sided profit allocation methods (recitals 328 to 333 of the contested decision), (ii) the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator (recitals 334 to 345 of the contested decision), and (iii) the levels of return accepted (recitals 346 to 359 of the contested decision). According to the Commission, each of those errors entailed a reduction in the tax liability of those companies in Ireland as compared with non-integrated companies whose chargeable profits reflected prices negotiated at arm’s length on the market (recital 360 of the contested decision).

318    Thus, it must be held that all the assessments made by the Commission in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning seek to establish the existence of an advantage that was granted to ASI and AOE because the profit allocation methods approved by the contested tax rulings had not led to arm’s length profits.

319    In that regard, it should be noted that the mere non-observance of methodological requirements, in particular in connection with the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, is not a sufficient ground for concluding that the calculated profit is not a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome, let alone that the calculated profit is lower than the profit that should have been obtained if the method for determining transfer pricing had been correctly applied. Thus, merely stating that there has been a methodological error is not sufficient, in itself, to demonstrate that the tax measures at issue have conferred an advantage on the recipients of those measures. Indeed, the Commission must also demonstrate that the methodological errors that have been identified have led to a reduction in the chargeable profit and thus in the tax burden borne by those recipients, in the light of the tax burden which they would have borne pursuant to the normal rules of taxation under national law had the tax measures in question not been adopted.

320    It is in the light of the foregoing considerations that the arguments put forward by Ireland and by ASI and AOE regarding the Commission’s assessments as summarised in paragraphs 315 to 317 above must be analysed.

321    Ireland and ASI and AOE raise, first, complaints regarding the Commission’s assessments of the application of the TNMM and the fact that it relied on instruments developed within the OECD. Next, Ireland and ASI and AOE contest the three methodological errors specifically referred to by the Commission, namely those concerning the choice of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches as the ‘tested party’ for the profit allocation methods, the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator, and the levels of return accepted in the contested tax rulings.

1.      The assessment made regarding the profit allocation methods endorsed by the contested tax rulings in the light of the TNMM

322    The parties disagree, in essence, as to the extent to which the Commission was entitled to rely, for the purposes of its subsidiary line of reasoning, on the arm’s length principle, as laid down in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, to which the Authorised OECD Approach refers. More specifically, they disagree as to whether the Commission was entitled to use the TNMM, as laid down in, inter alia, those guidelines, in order to ascertain whether the profit allocation method endorsed by the contested tax rulings had led to ASI and AOE’s chargeable profits being lower than those of a company in a comparable situation.

323    In the first place, concerning the application of the Authorised OECD Approach, it is necessary to recall the considerations set out in paragraphs 233 to 245 above. Thus, in essence, although the Authorised OECD Approach has not been incorporated into Irish tax law, the way in which section 25 of the TCA 97 is applied by the Irish tax authorities overlaps, for the most part, with the analysis proposed by the Authorised OECD Approach. First, the application of section 25 of the TCA 97, as described by Ireland in its application and as confirmed by Ireland during the hearing, requires, first, an analysis of the functions performed, the assets used and the risks assumed by the branches, which, in essence, corresponds to the first step of the analysis proposed by the Authorised OECD Approach. Second, regarding the second step of that analysis, it should be borne in mind that the Authorised OECD Approach refers to the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines. In that regard, neither Ireland nor ASI and AOE have challenged the Commission’s assertion, set out in, inter alia, recital 265 of the contested decision, that the profit allocation methods approved by the contested tax rulings resembled the one-sided transfer pricing methods referred to in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, such as the TNMM.

324    In the second place, it should be noted that, in the context of the administrative procedure, Ireland and Apple Inc. submitted ad hoc reports, drawn up by their respective tax advisors, which specifically relied on the TNMM for the purpose of demonstrating that ASI and AOE’s chargeable profits in Ireland, which were declared in Ireland on the basis of the contested tax rulings, fell within an arm’s length range. Ireland and ASI and AOE cannot criticise the Commission for having relied on the Authorised OECD Approach or for having used the TNMM in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning, when they themselves relied thereon in the context of the administrative procedure.

325    Having regard to the foregoing, the complaints regarding the use by the Commission of the TNMM, as laid down in, inter alia, the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, in order to ascertain whether the profit allocation method endorsed by the contested tax rulings had led to a reduction in ASI and AOE’s tax liability must be rejected.

326    In those circumstances, it will be necessary to go on to examine Ireland and ASI and AOE’s arguments regarding the application by the Commission of the TNMM in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning, in order to assess whether the Commission succeeded in demonstrating that the contested tax rulings had conferred an advantage on ASI and AOE.

327    In that regard, the parties disagree as regards the Commission’s statements relating to three errors in the profit allocation method endorsed by the contested tax rulings, concerning, first, the choice of the branches as tested parties, second, the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator and, third, the levels of return accepted.

2.      The choice of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches as the ‘tested party’ when applying the profit allocation methods

328    It should be borne in mind that, in recitals 328 to 333 of the contested decision, the Commission noted that, even assuming that the Apple Group’s IP licences had been correctly allocated to the head offices of ASI and AOE, those head offices had been unable to perform complex functions without any staff or physical presence. By contrast, according to the Commission, the Irish branches had performed IP-related functions that were crucial in building brand awareness and brand recognition in the EMEIA region. The Commission inferred from this that the Irish branches of ASI and AOE had been incorrectly chosen as tested parties.

329    In that regard, it should be noted that the TNMM constitutes a one-sided method of determining transfer pricing. It consists in determining, relative to an appropriate base, the net profit obtained by a taxpayer, namely the ‘tested party’, from a controlled transaction or from controlled transactions which are closely linked or continuous. In order to determine the appropriate base, it is necessary to choose a profit level indicator, such as costs, sales or assets. The net profit indicator obtained by the taxpayer from a controlled transaction must be determined by reference to the net profit indicator that the same taxpayer or an independent undertaking obtains from comparable transactions on the free market. The TNMM therefore requires the identification of a party to the transaction in respect of which an indicator is tested. This is the ‘tested party’.

330    In addition, according to the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines of 2010, to which the Commission makes reference in, inter alia, recitals 94 and 255 of the contested decision as useful guidance, and which are also relied on by the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc., the choice of tested party must be in line with the functional analysis of the transaction. Furthermore, it is stated that, as a general rule, the tested party is the party to which a transfer pricing method can be applied in the most reliable manner and for which the most reliable comparables can be identified. This will most often be the party that has the least complex functional analysis.

331    First, it should be emphasised that, in the contested decision, in particular recital 333 thereof, the Commission merely asserted that the error as to the determination of the entity to be tested had led to a decrease in ASI and AOE’s chargeable profit.

332    As has been stated in paragraph 319 above, the mere non-observance of methodological requirements when applying a profit allocation method is not a sufficient ground for concluding that the calculated profit is not a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome, let alone that the calculated profit is lower than the profit that should have been obtained if the method for determining transfer pricing had been correctly applied.

333    Accordingly, the mere statement by the Commission that there is a methodological error resulting from the choice of tested party in connection with the profit allocation methods used in respect of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE approved by the contested tax rulings, even assuming that error is established, is not sufficient, per se, to demonstrate that those tax rulings conferred an advantage on ASI and AOE. Indeed, the Commission would also have needed to demonstrate that such an error had led to a reduction in the chargeable profit of those two companies that they would not have obtained had those rulings not been issued. However, in the present instance, the Commission did not put forward evidence to prove that the choice of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches as tested parties had led to a reduction in the chargeable profit of those companies.

334    Secondly and in any event, it should be noted that in the context of the TNMM, it is necessary to choose a party to test beforehand, according to, in particular, the functions performed by that party, in order to be able subsequently to calculate the return in a transaction related to those functions. The fact that it is normally the party that performs the least complex functions that is chosen does not predetermine the functions that are actually performed by the chosen party or the way in which the return for the functions performed is established.

335    Indeed, the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines do not state which party to the transaction must be chosen, but recommend choosing the undertaking for which reliable data regarding the most closely comparable transactions can be found. It is then specified that this often means choosing the associated undertaking which is the least complex of the undertakings concerned by the transaction and which does not have any valuable intangibles or unique assets. It follows that those guidelines do not necessary require that the least complex entity be chosen, but that they simply advise choosing the entity for which the greatest amount of reliable data exists.

336    Thus, provided that the functions of the tested party have been correctly identified, and that the return for those functions has been correctly calculated, the fact that one party or another has been chosen as the tested party is irrelevant.

337    Thirdly, it should be borne in mind that the Commission based its subsidiary line of reasoning on the premiss that the Apple Group’s IP licences were correctly allocated to the head offices of ASI and AOE.

338    In that regard, as is correctly emphasised by Ireland and ASI and AOE, it should be noted that IP constitutes the key asset for an undertaking, such as the Apple Group, whose business model is essentially based on technological innovations. That IP may therefore be regarded, in the present instance, as a unique asset for the purposes of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines.

339    However, as is apparent from the Authorised OECD Approach, in principle, in the case of an undertaking such as the Apple Group, the mere fact of one of the parties being the owner of the IP involves the performance of significant people functions in relation to that intangible, such as active decision-making as regards setting up the development programme giving rise to that IP and active management of that programme. Allocating the IP to a part of the undertaking may therefore be considered an indication that that part performs complex functions.

340    It follows that the Commission cannot claim, in its subsidiary line of reasoning, that the Apple Group’s IP was correctly allocated to the head offices of ASI and AOE and, at the same time, that it is the Irish branches of those two companies which performed the most complex functions in relation to that IP, without providing any evidence as to the actual performance of such complex functions by those branches.

341    By contrast, as has been stated in paragraphs 281 and 290 above, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating in the present instance that those branches had actually performed functions and made crucial decisions in respect of the Apple Group’s IP, in particular as regards its design, creation and development.

342    Fourthly, it should be noted that the contested tax rulings are based on the descriptions of the functions performed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE set out in the requests made by the Apple Group to the Irish tax authorities. As is apparent from recitals 54 to 57 of the contested decision, those functions consist in the procurement, sale and distribution of Apple-branded products to related parties and third-party customers in the EMEIA region (in the case of ASI’s branch) and in the manufacture and assembly of a specialised range of computer products in Ireland (in the case of AOE’s branch).

343    It must be pointed out that those functions may be regarded, prima facie, as easily identifiable and not particularly complex. In any event, they do not constitute unique and specific functions for which it is difficult to identify the comparables. On the contrary, these are common and relatively standard functions in commercial relations between undertakings.

344    It is true that the information submitted by the Apple Group to the Irish tax authorities prior to the issuing of the contested tax rulings was very concise on the subject of the functions, assets and risks of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches. The contested tax rulings were issued after the Apple Group’s tax advisors sent the Irish tax authorities some short letters in which they briefly described the activities of ASI and AOE’s branches and proposed a methodology for calculating the chargeable profits of those two companies in Ireland. The content of those exchanges is fairly vague and makes it apparent that the discussions between the Irish tax authorities and the Apple Group’s tax advisors at the two meetings held were decisive for the purpose of determining the chargeable profit of those companies, without there being any documented objective and detailed analysis regarding the functions of the branches and the assessment of those functions.

345    Thus, unlike the ad hoc reports that were submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. ex post facto in the context of the administrative procedure, no profit allocation report or any additional information was provided to the Irish tax authorities prior to the issuing of the contested tax rulings.

346    Furthermore, as was confirmed at the hearing, the information concerning the activities of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches provided before the 1991 tax ruling were not significantly added to prior to the issuing of the 2007 tax ruling and were not subsequently updated.

347    That lack of evidence submitted to the Irish tax authorities concerning the functions actually performed by the Irish branches and the assessment of those functions for the purpose of determining the profit to be allocated to those branches may be regarded as a methodological defect in the application of section 25 of the TCA 97, which requires an analysis to be conducted at the outset regarding the functions performed, the assets used, and the risks assumed by the branches.

348    However, as regrettable as that methodological defect is, the Commission, in carrying out its State aid control under Article 107 TFEU, cannot, for its part, confine itself to stating that the choice of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches as the tested parties when applying the profit allocation method was incorrect, without proving that the functions actually performed by those branches constituted particularly complex or unique functions, or functions that were difficult to identify, so that the comparables for such a one-sided profit allocation method would not have been identifiable or reliable and, consequently, the resulting allocation would necessarily have been incorrect.

349    Furthermore and in any event, even assuming that such an error in the profit allocation method is established, as has been outlined in paragraphs 319 and 332 above, the Commission must prove that the profit allocation in question led to a mitigation of the tax burden of the companies in question as compared with the tax burden which they would have borne had the contested tax rulings not been issued, such that an advantage was actually granted.

350    However, the Commission has not submitted any evidence in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning to demonstrate that such a methodological defect, resulting from the lack of information submitted to the Irish tax authorities, led to a reduction in the tax base of ASI and AOE as a result of the application of the contested tax rulings.

351    Having regard to the foregoing considerations, it is necessary to uphold the complaints raised by Ireland and by ASI and AOE regarding the Commission’s statements concerning the incorrect choice of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches as the tested parties when applying the profit allocation methods on which the contested tax rulings were based.

3.      The choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator

352    As a preliminary point, it should be borne in mind that, in the contested tax rulings (see paragraphs 12 to 21 above), the chargeable profits of the Irish branches were calculated as a margin of the operating costs.

353    In recitals 334 to 345 of the contested decision, the Commission argued that, assuming that the Irish branches could have been regarded as the tested parties for the purposes of the one-sided profit allocation method, the choice of those branches’ operating costs as the profit level indicator was incorrect. According to the Commission, the profit level indicator in a one-sided profit allocation method must reflect the functions performed by the tested party, which was not the situation in the present instance. Indeed, the Commission contended that ASI’s sales, and not the operating costs of its Irish branch, were a better reflection of the activities carried on and the risks assumed by the Irish branch and thus of its contribution to ASI’s turnover.

354    Consequently, the Commission (recital 345 of the contested decision) concluded that, because of the use of the operating costs as the profit level indicator in the profit allocation method approved by the contested tax rulings, the chargeable profits of ASI and AOE in Ireland did not reflect a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome in line with the arm’s length principle. As a result, in its view, the Irish tax authorities had conferred a selective advantage on ASI and AOE as compared with non-integrated companies, whose chargeable profits reflected prices negotiated at arm’s length on the market.

(a)    The choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator for the Irish branch of ASI

355    Regarding, specifically, the Irish branch of ASI (recital 336 of the contested decision), the Commission considered that it was inappropriate to rely on the operating costs, which would be ‘generally’ recommended for analysing the profits of low-risk distributors. It contended that the Irish branch of ASI was not such a distributor, in so far as that branch had assumed risks connected with turnover, warranties, and third-party contractors.

356    It should be noted at the outset that the Commission did not specifically state the source on which it was relying in order to make such an assertion. In addition, the use of the term ‘generally’ indicates that it was not ruling out the use of operating costs as a profit level indicator in certain situations.

357    Besides the fact that the argument presented by the Commission is imprecise, it should be noted that such an argument is not in line with the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, on which the Commission relied in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning, as is correctly argued by Ireland and ASI and AOE. It follows from paragraph 2.87 of those guidelines that the profit level indicator must be focused on the value of the functions of the tested party, taking account of its assets and its risks. Therefore, according to those guidelines, the choice of profit level indicator is not fixed for any type of function, provided that that indicator reflects the value of the function in question.

358    In any event, it is necessary to examine whether the Commission succeeded in demonstrating that the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator was not appropriate in the present instance and, in so far as the risks assumed by the branches must be taken into account, whether it was correct to conclude that the Irish branch of ASI had assumed risks connected with turnover, warranties, and third-party contractors.

(1)    The appropriate profit level indicator

359    In recitals 340 and 341 of the contested decision, the Commission contended that the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator was not appropriate, inasmuch as that choice did not properly reflect the risks assumed and the activities carried out by the Irish branch of ASI, and that sales would have been a more appropriate indicator. It contended that, for the same reasons, the Berry ratio used in the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. was not suitable for determining an arm’s length return for the functions performed by that branch.

360    In the first place, it should be noted that the Commission bases its statements, in essence, on the argument that the Irish branch of ASI must be regarded as having assumed risks and performed functions relating to ASI’s operations, in so far as that company would have been unable to do so itself given its lack of staff and physical presence.

361    In that regard, it should be borne in mind that the considerations outlined, in connection with assessing the primary line of reasoning, in paragraph 259 above, according to which the allocation of functions, and thus profits, to a branch using an ‘exclusion’ approach is not in line with either Irish law or the Authorised OECD Approach, in so far as such an analysis does not enable it to be demonstrated that those functions were actually performed by the Irish branches.

362    Accordingly, in order to demonstrate that the choice of the operating costs of the Irish branch of ASI as the profit level indicator for that branch was incorrect, the Commission could not allocate the functions performed and risks assumed by ASI to its Irish branch without demonstrating that that branch had actually performed those functions and assumed those risks.

363    In the second place, it should be noted that, in recital 342 of the contested decision, the Commission itself refers to paragraph 2.87 of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines. As has been noted in paragraph 357 above, both sales and operating costs may constitute an appropriate profit level indicator under those guidelines.

364    More specifically, it is stated in paragraph 2.87 of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines that the choice of the profit level indicator should be relevant for the purpose of demonstrating the value of the functions of the tested party in the transaction under review, taking account of its assets and its risks.

365    However, the Commission, by stating, in recitals 337 and 338 of the contested decision, that the use of the operating costs as the profit level indicator does not reflect the risks connected with turnover, warranties, and products handled by third-party contractors and that the sales figure would be more appropriate as a profit level indicator, does not answer the question whether the operating costs suitably reflect the value contributed by the Irish branch of ASI in view of the functions, assets and risks assumed by that branch. Indeed, the Commission merely states that ASI’s sales would have been an appropriate profit level indicator without demonstrating why, in the present instance, the operating costs of its branch were not capable of reflecting the value which that branch had contributed to the company’s operations through the functions, risks and assets for which it had actually been responsible within that company.

366    In the third place, regarding the Berry ratio, it should be borne in mind that that ratio was used in the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. as the profit level indicator in order to prove ex post facto that the profits allocated to ASI and AOE under the contested tax rulings fell within the arm’s length ranges.

367    However, in recital 340 of the contested decision, the Commission rejected the use of that ratio as a financial ratio for estimating the arm’s length remuneration in the present instance. The Commission contended that the situations in which the Berry ratio could be used according to the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines did not correspond to the situation of ASI’s Irish branch.

368    In that regard, it should be noted that, in paragraph 2.101 of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, to which the Commission refers in recital 342 of the contested decision, it is stated that, in order for the Berry ratio to be an appropriate means of testing the remuneration of a controlled transaction, it is necessary, first, that the value of the functions performed in the controlled transaction be proportional to the operating costs, second, that the value of the functions performed in the controlled transaction not be materially affected by the value of the products distributed, in other words, that it not be proportional to the turnover, and, third, that the taxpayer not perform, in the controlled transactions, any other significant function (for example, manufacturing) that should be remunerated using another method or another financial indicator.

369    First of all, it must be noted that, in the contested decision, the Commission did not argue that the value of the operating costs taken into account in the contested tax rulings was not proportional to the value of the functions performed by the Irish branch of ASI, as described in recitals 54 and 55 of the contested decision. It must be pointed out that the Commission has not put forward arguments or submitted evidence demonstrating that not all the costs that should have been regarded as operating costs were taken into consideration and that that failure to take those costs into consideration led to a selective advantage for ASI and AOE. Nor did it seek to demonstrate that the value allocated to the costs that had been taken into account was too low and that a selective advantage had resulted from it. Indeed, it merely contested the very principle of taking operating costs into account as a profit level indicator.

370    Next, it should be noted that there is no connection between the operating costs of the Irish branch of ASI and that company’s turnover. That lack of correlation was acknowledged by the Commission itself in recital 337 of the contested decision.

371    Lastly, it is necessary to recall the considerations set out in paragraphs 342 and 343 above concerning the non-complex and easily identifiable nature of the functions performed by the Irish branch of ASI. That branch, in essence, performed distribution functions. It was not responsible for manufacturing functions or other complex functions connected with, inter alia, technological development or IP.

372    Accordingly, contrary to the Commission’s assertions, the conditions for applying the Berry ratio, as stated in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, are satisfied in the case of ASI’s Irish branch.

373    Having regard to the foregoing considerations, it must be held that the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the choice of the operating costs was not appropriate as a profit level indicator for ASI’s Irish branch.

374    In any event, even assuming that it can be argued, as is asserted by the Commission in recital 336 of the contested decision, that operating costs cannot serve as a profit level indicator except for ‘low-risk’ distributors, it is necessary to assess whether the Irish tax authorities were entitled to consider that the Irish branch of ASI had not assumed the risks that, according to the Commission, should have been allocated to that branch.

(2)    The risk connected with turnover

375    In recital 337 of the contested decision, the Commission noted that ASI had assumed the risk connected with turnover and that, in so far as its head office had no staff to manage those risks, ‘it [had to] be assumed’ that the Irish branch had assumed those risks. It added that the choice of the operating costs did not reflect that risk, which was borne out by the fact that the operating costs had remained relatively stable during the reference period whereas the turnover had increased exponentially.

376    First of all, it must be pointed out that the Commission’s argument is based, according to the very wording of the contested decision, on an assumption.

377    Next, it should be noted that the Commission was not in a position to explain in the contested decision exactly what the risk connected with turnover was.

378    When it was questioned in that regard during the hearing, the Commission stated that that risk was rather an inventory risk, namely the risk that the products listed in ASI’s inventory, the distribution of which was ensured by the Irish branch, would remain unsold.

379    In order to support its argument that the Irish branch of ASI had assumed the risk connected with a potential decrease in ASI’s sales, the Commission merely allocated that risk using an exclusion approach, which, as has been stated in paragraphs 361 and 362 above, does not constitute a valid basis for allocation.

380    In addition, at the hearing, the Commission referred to Figure 9 of the contested decision (set out in recital 122 of that decision), which reproduces a table included in the cost-sharing agreement concerning the allocation of risks between Apple Inc., on the one hand, and ASI and AOE, on the other. As has been stated in paragraphs 263 to 268 and paragraph 271 above, that table compiles the list of risks which ASI could be called on to assume, but does not prove that those risks were actually borne by ASI. What is more, that table concerns ASI, and not its Irish branch.

381    By contrast, Apple Inc., ASI and AOE submitted, in the context of both the administrative procedure and the present action, evidence demonstrating that the framework agreements with the manufacturers of Apple-branded products (or OEMs) had been concluded centrally in respect of the Apple Group as a whole by Apple Inc. and ASI in the United States.

382    In addition, Apple Inc., ASI and AOE submitted evidence concerning other framework agreements, also concluded centrally in respect of the Apple Group as a whole, concluded with the main buyers of Apple-branded products, namely telecommunications operators, in particular in the EMEIA region.

383    Furthermore, Apple Inc., ASI and AOE submitted evidence concerning the international pricing policy for Apple-branded products, which is set centrally in respect of the Apple Group as a whole.

384    It must be pointed out that the evidence submitted shows that the Irish branch of ASI did not take part in negotiations relating to framework agreements or in the signing of such agreements, whether they be those concluded with the suppliers of the products it distributes, namely the OEMs, or those concluded with the customers to whom it distributes Apple-branded products, such as telecommunications operators. Indeed, that branch is not even mentioned in those agreements.

385    In addition, the evidence submitted shows that the Irish branch of ASI had no decision-making powers concerning supply (namely determining the products to be manufactured), demand (namely determining the customers to whom the products were to be sold), or the prices at which those Apple-branded products were sold, in particular in the EMEIA region, in so far as those elements were determined under the framework agreements.

386    Accordingly, as is correctly argued by ASI and AOE, the Irish branch of ASI cannot be allocated the risks inherent in products remaining unsold or a drop in demand, in so far as both supply and demand are determined centrally, outside that branch.

387    The evidence submitted confirms the role of ASI’s Irish branch that emerges from the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc., according to which that branch, as a distributor, was responsible for ensuring the flow of products between producers and customers and for gathering and communicating at group level information regarding supply and demand forecasts for the EMEIA region and regarding inventory levels. The fact that the Irish branch of ASI performed ‘monitoring’ functions for the EMEIA region does not mean that it is deemed to have assumed the economic risk that might have resulted from a decrease in ASI’s turnover in that region.

388    Lastly, concerning the assertion, set out in recital 337 of the contested decision, that ASI’s sales increased exponentially during the reference period whereas the operating costs of its Irish branch remained stable, it should be pointed out that that fact is more an indication of the limited impact of the activities carried out by the Irish branch of ASI on ASI’s trading activity as a whole.

389    In addition, such a fact is not sufficient, in itself, to call in question the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator. Indeed, the Commission established its line of reasoning without indicating the reason why an increase in ASI’s sales would have necessarily involved an increase in the profits to be allocated to its Irish branch.

390    Consequently, it must be held that the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the Irish branch of ASI was responsible for the risk connected with turnover.

(3)    The risk connected with product warranties

391    In recital 338 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that, in so far as ASI provided warranties for all the products sold in the EMEIA region and in so far as those warranties constituted its most significant liability, the risks relating thereto could not have been assumed by ASI, which had no staff, but, necessarily, by its Irish branch.

392    More specifically, the Commission contended, in recital 338 of the contested decision, that those risks constituted ASI’s most significant liability, which was transferred to Apple Distribution International (ADI), a company related to the Apple Group. The Commission referred, in that regard, to recital 135 of the contested decision, in which it is explained that ADI took over distribution activities in the EMEIA region on ASI’s behalf and that, to that end, under a protocol dated 23 April 2012, ADI assumed ASI’s liabilities, the most significant element of which was the provisions relating to product warranties.

393    First, those factual elements highlighted by the Commission bear witness to the fact that the warranties for Apple-branded products in the EMEIA region were assumed by ASI and that the provisions for those warranties were part of that company’s liabilities until 2012. However, that information does not, in itself, enable a connection to be established between the risks represented by those warranties granted by ASI, given material expression in the provisions set out in the liabilities of that company’s balance sheet, and its Irish branch. In addition, the Commission’s theory is not valid for the years after 2012, when those risks were transferred to ADI. However, the Commission did not confine its line of reasoning to the period prior to 2012.

394    Secondly, the risk connected with product warranties cannot be allocated to the Irish branch of ASI if that branch is not responsible, from an economic point of view, for claims invoking such a warranty. The Commission did not adduce evidence demonstrating that the Irish branch of ASI had assumed such a responsibility.

395    Thirdly, while it is not disputed that the Irish branch of ASI managed the AppleCare after-sales service, as has been noted in paragraphs 276 to 278 above, the functions performed by that branch in connection with that service are, however, of an ancillary nature in relation to the warranties themselves.

396    In order to challenge the Commission’s line of argument, Ireland and ASI and AOE rely on, inter alia, the ad hoc reports which they submitted and on which the Commission itself relied, which describe the activities of the Irish branches connected with warranties for Apple-branded products. According to those reports, the Irish branch of ASI was responsible, in connection with the AppleCare service, for, in essence:

–        gathering data regarding defective products;

–        managing the network of authorised third-party repairers;

–        distributing components for repair within that network;

–        managing the call centre.

397    Having regard to the ancillary nature of those functions, it may not be concluded, in the absence of other evidence, that the Irish branch of ASI bore the economic consequences connected with product warranties, as ASI and AOE confirmed during the hearing.

398    In addition, the fact relating to the significant number of employees assigned to the AppleCare service is not, in itself, decisive, in view of the fact that that service includes the call centre for the after-sales services, which is, naturally, a function that requires a large number of staff.

399    Furthermore, the Commission did not adduce other evidence demonstrating that the staff of ASI’s Irish branch would have been actively involved in adopting decisions significantly affecting the risks connected with warranties for Apple-branded products sold by ASI and that that branch was ultimately responsible for those risks, economically speaking, by virtue of those warranties.

400    In those circumstances, it cannot be inferred from the fact that the Irish branch of ASI managed the AppleCare service that that branch assumed the risks connected with warranties for Apple-branded products.

(4)    The risks connected with the activities of third-party contractors

401    In recital 339 of the contested decision, the Commission contended that, in so far as ASI systematically outsourced its distribution function to third-party contractors outside Ireland, the total sales figure would have been a more appropriate profit level indicator, in view of the risk borne by the Irish branch in relation to products which were not handled in Ireland.

402    It should be noted at the outset that the response to the question as to what risk would have been created by the circumstance referred to in paragraph 401 above and how that risk would have been borne by the Irish branch of ASI is not clear from reading recital 339 of the contested decision. Such an assessment, which lends itself to diverging interpretations, cannot be accepted as validly supporting the Commission’s subsidiary line of reasoning.

403    In any event, when questioned on that point during the hearing, the Commission stated that the risk when ASI outsourced its distribution functions to third-party contractors while remaining the owner of those products was the same type of risk as that referred to in recital 337 of the contested decision, namely a risk connected with the possibility of a decrease in demand and the possibility of unsold products.

404    Accordingly, assuming that the risk referred to by the Commission in recital 339 of the contested decision can be understood as being the same type of risk as the risk connected with turnover identified in recital 337 of the contested decision, the same considerations as set out in paragraphs 376 to 390 above also apply to this type of risk, which has still not been shown to have been assumed by the Irish branch of ASI.

405    Furthermore, assuming such a risk exists, the mere fact that certain distribution activities have been outsourced to third-party contractors outside Ireland, cannot, without further information, support the argument that such a risk had to be allocated to the Irish branch of ASI.

406    Indeed, the fact that, following transactions with suppliers and customers negotiated and organised in the United States, the distribution of the products in question is handled outside Ireland by third-party contractors would rather strengthen the argument that the risks that could derive therefrom are not borne by the Irish branch of ASI.

407    It is apparent from the foregoing considerations that the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the risks identified in recitals 336, 337 and 339 of the contested decision had actually been borne by the Irish branch of ASI.

(b)    The choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator  for the Irish branch of AOE

408    Regarding AOE, in recitals 343 and 344 of the contested decision, the Commission noted that, in view of the fact that AOE had no physical presence and had no employees capable of managing the risks outside its Irish branch, that branch had to be regarded as assuming all the risks, in particular those relating to inventories. In those circumstances, it considered that a profit level indicator including the total costs would have been more appropriate than the operating costs.

409    The Commission bases its arguments on the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines. However, it should be noted that, as has been stated in paragraph 357 above, those guidelines do not recommend the use of any particular profit level indicator, such as the total costs, and do not preclude the use of operating costs as a profit level indicator.

410    In addition, according to paragraph 2.93 of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, to which the Commission refers in recital 343 of the contested decision, ‘in applying a cost-based [TNMM], fully loaded costs are often used’. Accordingly, it is not inconceivable, in principle, that operating costs may constitute an appropriate profit level indicator.

411    Furthermore, the Commission’s argument that a profit level indicator including the total costs is better suited to a manufacturing company such as AOE cannot succeed in the present instance. Indeed, as has been stated in paragraph 12 above, it is AOE and not its Irish branch that has ownership of the materials used, works in progress and finished products. In so far as the total costs take into account the costs of all those elements, the use of the total costs as the profit level indicator does not seem, contrary to the Commission’s assertions, the most suitable way of reflecting the value of the functions actually performed by AOE’s Irish branch, taking into account in particular that branch’s assets.

412    In those circumstances, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that its recommended profit level indicator based on the total costs would be more appropriate in the present instance for the purpose of determining the arm’s length profits for the Irish branch of AOE.

(c)    Conclusions regarding the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator

413    Having regard to the foregoing considerations, it must be concluded that the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating, in the contested decision, that the choice of the operating costs of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE as the profit level indicator when applying a one-sided profit allocation method was inappropriate.

414    In addition and in any event, the Commission also did not submit evidence demonstrating that such a choice, as such, necessarily had to lead to the conclusion that the contested tax rulings had reduced ASI and AOE’s tax liability in Ireland.

415    In that regard, the Court finds that neither the exchanges preceding the issuing of the contested tax rulings, nor Ireland and ASI and AOE when questioned on that point in the context of the present proceedings, were able to provide a sufficient explanation of the reason for the inconsistencies detected in those rulings concerning the operating costs, used as the basis for calculating the chargeable profit of the branches in the 1991 tax ruling and which were no longer included as the basis for calculating the chargeable profit of the branches in the 2007 tax ruling.

416    However, even where there are inconsistencies which show defects in the methodology used to calculate the chargeable profits in the contested tax rulings, it is necessary to recall the considerations set out in paragraph 348 above, from which it follows that the Commission cannot confine itself to invoking a methodological error but must prove that an advantage has actually been granted, inasmuch as such an error has actually led to a reduction in the tax burden of the companies in question as compared to the burden which they would have borne had the normal rules of taxation been applied. However, it must also be specified that the Commission did not argue in the contested decision that the exclusion of certain categories of operating costs used as a basis for calculating the profit allocated to the branches of ASI and AOE had given rise to an advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

417    Accordingly, the complaints raised by Ireland and by ASI and AOE in relation to the Commission’s statements regarding the methodological error relating to the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator for the Irish branches of ASI and AOE in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning must be upheld.

4.      The levels of return accepted in the contested tax rulings

418    In recitals 346 to 359 of the contested decision, the Commission challenged the levels of return of ASI and AOE’s Irish branches accepted by the contested tax rulings, while noting that the Irish tax authorities had not been provided with any profit allocation reports or any other explanation by the Apple Group supporting the proposals made by that group that had led to the contested tax rulings.

419    First, concerning ASI, in recital 346 of the contested decision, the Commission noted that the 1991 tax ruling had accepted as the chargeable profit a 12.5% margin on the operating costs of its Irish branch, while the 2007 tax ruling had accepted a [confidential] margin.

420    Second, concerning AOE, in recital 347 of the contested decision, the Commission noted that the chargeable profit endorsed by the Irish tax authorities corresponded to [confidential] of the operating costs, a percentage which would have decreased to [confidential] if the chargeable profit had exceeded [confidential]. In the 2007 tax ruling, the chargeable profit corresponded to [confidential] of the branch’s operating costs, increased by a return of [confidential] of the turnover, in respect of the IP developed by AOE. In addition, it emphasised that AOE’s chargeable profit seemed to have been arrived at through negotiation and to have depended on employment considerations as was demonstrated by the taking into account of the need ‘not to prohibit the expansion of the Irish operations’ in the discussions preceding the issuing of the 1991 tax ruling.

421    It is apparent from recitals 348 and 349 of the contested decision that the explanations provided during the administrative procedure by Ireland and by Apple Inc. regarding the calculation of ASI and AOE’s chargeable profits did not convince the Commission. It considered that the returns accepted by the Irish tax authorities for the Irish branches of ASI and AOE had been based on significantly reduced profit margins, although there would not have been any economic rationale for a company to accept such low profits.

422    In particular, concerning the 2007 tax ruling, in recitals 350 to 359 of the contested decision, the Commission focused on the ex post reasoning set out in the ad hoc reports prepared by Ireland and the Apple Group’s respective tax advisors relating to the levels of return agreed for the Irish branches of ASI and AOE. According to the Commission, those reports had been based on a comparability study, the relevance of which was disputed on the ground that the products offered by the companies selected for comparability purposes were not comparable to the high-quality branded products offered by the Apple Group. More specifically, the Commission argued that the risks connected with warranties for high-end goods assumed by ASI were not comparable to those borne by the companies selected in the study for their products. In addition, it highlighted the fact that at least 3 companies out of the 52 selected were in a situation of compulsory liquidation.

423    Furthermore, in recitals 354 and 355 of the contested decision, the Commission, for the sake of completeness, nevertheless carried out its own assessment of the level of return which should have been allocated to ASI and AOE, using the same comparable companies reproduced in the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland but using as the profit level indicator the turnover (resulting from sales) for ASI and the total costs for AOE. Following that corrected analysis, the Commission came to the conclusion that the levels of return accepted in the contested tax rulings were excessively low.

424    Regarding ASI, in recital 355 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that, taking the sales of the companies chosen in the comparability study as the profit level indicator, in 2012, the average return was 3%, with an interquartile range of 1.3 to 4.5%. However, the Commission noted that the trading income allocated to the Irish branch of ASI for 2012 as chargeable profits under the 2007 tax ruling was around [confidential], that is, around [confidential] of ASI’s turnover in 2012. That return was almost 20 times lower than that obtained by the Commission in its corrected analysis.

425    Regarding AOE, in recital 357 of the contested decision, the Commission noted that its chargeable profit in 2012 had amounted to around [confidential] of the total costs of the Irish branch. That percentage fell within the interquartile range presented in the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and the Apple Group’s respective tax advisors and was close to the 25th percentile, which the tax advisors had considered to be the lower end of an arm’s length range. Thus, the Commission noted that, according to the ad hoc report submitted by Apple Inc., for the period from 2009 to 2011, the lower quartile mark-up on total costs would have been [confidential] with a median of [confidential] and, according to the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland, for the period from 2007 to 2011, the lower quartile mark-up on total costs would have been [confidential] (with a median of [confidential]).

426    However, in recitals 358 and 359 of the contested decision, the Commission specified that those reports could not support the ex post conclusion that the remuneration of the functions performed by the Irish branch of AOE was in line with the arm’s length principle. First of all, it called in question the comparability of the data in so far as no detailed analysis of the comparability of the business or cost structure of the companies selected had been provided. Next, it explained that the 25th percentile had been used as the lower end of the range, which corresponded to an overly broad approach, in particular having regard to the comparability concerns identified in the ad hoc reports in question. Lastly, the Commission noted that, in the ad hoc reports, the comparison had been carried out only in relation to manufacturing companies, whereas the Irish branch of AOE had also provided shared services to other companies from the Apple Group in the EMEIA region, such as financial services, information systems and technology, and services relating to human resources.

427    On the basis of those statements, in recital 360 of the contested decision the Commission concluded that the contested tax rulings had approved a remuneration which the Irish branches would not have accepted, from the perspective of their own profitability, if they had been separate and independent undertakings carrying on identical or similar activities under identical or similar conditions.

428    The parties disagree both as to the existence and as to the impact of the errors identified by the Commission as regards the levels of return accepted by the contested tax rulings and the ex post validation thereof proposed in the ad hoc reports prepared by Ireland and the Apple Group’s respective tax advisors.

(a)    The remuneration of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE endorsed by the 1991 tax ruling

429    In the first place, the Commission complains that the Irish tax authorities accepted, in the contested tax rulings, the levels of return for the Irish branches of ASI and AOE without such levels of return being substantiated by any reports.

430    First, it should be noted that Ireland and ASI and AOE argue that, at the time the contested tax rulings were issued, the submission of a profit allocation report was not required under the applicable Irish tax law, which has not been contested by the Commission.

431    Second, it should be noted that the Commission’s complaint relates to an error of methodology (or a lack thereof), in so far as it concerns defects in the method for calculating the chargeable profits endorsed by the contested tax rulings, resulting from a lack of profit allocation reports.

432    It is true that the explanations provided by the Apple Group to the Irish tax authorities as justification for the proposed levels of return, as reproduced in recital 64 of the contested decision, were brief. The Apple Group asserted that the proposed levels were above a mark-up of 15%, which would ordinarily have been achieved by a ‘cost center’, but below a mark-up of 100%, which could be common in the pharmaceutical industry, which was not comparable to the IT sector. In addition, it should be borne in mind that the Apple Group acknowledged before the Irish tax authorities that its proposal was not based on any scientific grounds, but that it considered that such a proposal resulted in a sufficiently high amount of chargeable profits.

433    In that regard, the Court notes that neither the exchanges preceding the issuing of the contested tax rulings nor Ireland and ASI and AOE when questioned on that point in the context of the present proceedings were able to provide a sufficient explanation of the exact reason for the indicators and figures used to calculate the chargeable profits of ASI and AOE. Thus, there is no concrete and contemporary piece of evidence explaining the reasons for the level of the percentages of the operating costs accepted in the contested tax rulings, let alone for the changes in those percentages over time.

434    However, it must be pointed out that, apart from raising the issue of the lack of profit allocation reports, the Commission did not conduct its analysis in such a way as to demonstrate that, as a result of that calculation, the tax actually paid by ASI and AOE on the basis of the contested tax rulings was less than that which should have been paid under the normal rules of taxation, had the contested tax rulings not been issued.

435    Thus, for the same reasons as those set out in paragraph 332 above, the mere finding of an error as regards the methodology leading to the calculation of the profits to be allocated to the branches is not sufficient to demonstrate that the contested tax rulings conferred an advantage on ASI and AOE.

436    In the second place, the Commission complained that the Irish tax authorities had accepted, without justification, a threshold for AOE’s chargeable profits, namely [confidential], beyond which the chargeable profits no longer corresponded to 65% of the Irish branch’s operating costs, but to [confidential] of those costs. According to the Commission, a rational economic operator would not accept lower returns and forgo a part of its profits, if its operating costs were increasing, which indicated an increase in the volume of its activities, even if those returns were sufficient to cover its costs and achieve a certain level of profit.

437    The Commission argued that that threshold constituted tax relief which had been granted on the basis of criteria unrelated to the tax system, such as employment considerations, and that, accordingly, it was deemed to confer a selective advantage.

438    In that regard, Apple Inc. claimed, in its observations following the Opening Decision, that that departure was justified by the fact that the incremental fixed investment necessary for expansion was greater at the start of operations than when those operations were ongoing. Furthermore, in the responses to the written questions from the Court, ASI and AOE confirmed that the threshold of [confidential] had never been reached and that, accordingly, the second, lower percentage had never been used for the purpose of calculating AOE’s chargeable profits. The Commission has not contested that information.

439    In the first place, it should be noted that, while it is true that it has been held that, if the competent authorities have a broad discretion to determine, inter alia, the conditions under which the financial assistance is provided on the basis of criteria unrelated to the tax system, such as maintaining employment, the exercise of that discretion may be regarded as giving rise to a selective measure (judgment of 18 July 2013, P, C‑6/12, EU:C:2013:525, paragraph 27), the fact remains that, in order to determine whether State measures may constitute State aid, regard must primarily be had to the effects of those measures on the undertakings favoured (see judgment of 13 September 2010, Greece and Others v Commission, T‑415/05, T‑416/05 and T‑423/05, EU:T:2010:386, paragraph 212 and the case-law cited).

440    In any event, the mere allusion, during the exchanges between the Irish tax authorities and the Apple Group preceding the 1991 tax ruling, to the fact that the Apple Group was one of the largest employers in the region where the Irish branches of ASI and AOE were established does not prove that ASI and AOE’s chargeable profits were determined on the basis of employment-related issues. Indeed, it is apparent from the report of the exchange in question, reproduced in recital 64 of the contested decision, that the allusion to employees of the Apple Group in the region in question was made to provide information regarding the background to and expansion of the group’s operations in the region and not to provide consideration for the proposal regarding the allocation of the profits to the Irish branches in question.

441    Thus, in the absence of other evidence, the Commission cannot argue that the tax ruling in question was issued as consideration for the potential creation of jobs in the region.

442    In the second place, it should be noted that the threshold in question was never reached and that, accordingly, the profits of AOE’s Irish branch were never allocated on the basis of the lower percentage provided for by the 1991 tax ruling.

443    Indeed, AOE’s turnover significantly decreased between the period preceding the 1991 tax ruling, namely USD 751 million in 1989, as stated in recital 64 of the contested decision, and 2006, the last year in which the 1991 tax ruling was applied, namely USD 359 million, as stated in recital 97 of the contested decision.

444    Therefore, even assuming that the Commission’s assertions regarding a lack of justification from an economic perspective for the threshold laid down by that ruling are proved, it cannot argue that an advantage was granted as a result of the inclusion of a threshold in the 1991 tax ruling, when such a mechanism was not actually implemented.

445    In the third place, even if the Commission’s argument were to be understood as meaning that the levels of return accepted by the Irish tax authorities were too low for the functions performed by the branches, in view of the assets and risks relating to those functions, that argument cannot succeed without other evidence.

446    The Commission’s subsidiary line of reasoning is based on the premiss that the Irish tax authorities could have correctly allocated the Apple Group’s IP licences to the head offices, which, according to the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, implies the performance of complex or unique functions. However, as can be seen from the conclusions expressed in paragraph 348 above, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the Irish branches of ASI and AOE had performed the most complex functions.

447    In addition, particularly as regards ASI, the Commission bases its reasoning on the consideration that the Irish branch assumed very significant risks in relation to the Apple Group’s activities. However, as can be seen from the conclusions expressed in paragraph 407 above, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that those risks had actually been borne by the Irish branch of ASI.

448    Accordingly, in the absence of other evidence, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the levels of return established under the 1991 tax ruling had been too low to remunerate the functions actually performed by the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, in view of their assets and their risks.

(b)    The remuneration of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE endorsed by the 2007 tax ruling

449    Besides the complaint relating to the lack of a profit allocation report in support of the 2007 tax ruling, which has been set aside for the same reasons as those set out in paragraphs 430 to 435 above, the Commission challenged the remuneration of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, in the form of the profits allocated to those branches, under the 2007 tax ruling, by contesting the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. in order to provide ex post evidence of the fact that those profits fell within arm’s length ranges. In particular, the Commission called in question the reliability of the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. because the companies chosen for the comparability study on which those reports were based were not comparable to ASI and AOE.

(1)    The choice of the companies used in the comparability studies

450    In the contested decision, the Commission noted, inter alia, two errors concerning the comparability of the companies chosen in the comparability study with the Irish branch of ASI. First, in recital 350 of the contested decision, the Commission stated that it was not possible to identify the companies chosen in the ad hoc report submitted by Apple Inc. Second, in recital 351 of the contested decision, the Commission emphasised that the selection of the comparable companies in the comparability study had not taken account of the fact that, unlike those companies, the Apple Group sold high-quality branded products and positioned its products as such on the market. In that regard, the Commission noted that, although ASI was responsible for warranties on the products sold which, in the case of high-quality branded products, presented a very high risk, the comparable companies used were not exposed to such a risk.

451    Concerning the comparability with the Irish branch of AOE, the Commission noted (in recital 359 of the contested decision) that the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland had taken into account only manufacturing companies, whereas AOE also provided shared services to other companies from the Apple Group in the EMEIA region, such as financial services, information systems and technology, and services relating to human resources.

452    It should be noted at the outset that, even assuming that the errors identified by the Commission regarding the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. ex post facto are proved and that they invalidate the conclusions in those reports, the Commission could not infer therefrom that the contested tax rulings had led to a reduction in ASI and AOE’s tax liability in Ireland.

453    Those reports were submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. in order to demonstrate ex post facto that the profits allocated to the Irish branches of ASI and AOE under the contested tax rulings fell within arm’s length ranges. The submission of those ad hoc reports by Ireland and Apple Inc. cannot alter the burden of proof concerning the existence of an advantage in the present instance, which rests with the Commission, as recalled in paragraph 100 above.

454    In any case, it is necessary to examine whether the defects identified by the Commission in the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. are proved and may invalidate the conclusions in those reports.

455    First, it should be noted, as Ireland and ASI and AOE correctly submit, that analysing transfer pricing is not an exact science and it is not possible to check for exact results as to what is considered to be an arm’s length level. In that regard, it is necessary to recall paragraph 1.13 of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, which states that the objective of determining transfer pricing is ‘to find a reasonable estimate of an arm’s length outcome based on reliable information’ and that ‘transfer pricing is not an exact science but does require the exercise of judgment on the part of both the tax administration and taxpayer’.

456    Secondly, concerning the undertakings chosen for the comparability study serving as the basis for the ad hoc report submitted by Apple Inc., ASI and AOE submit that, during the administrative procedure, Apple Inc. asked the Commission several times for its observations regarding that ad hoc report, without any specific question regarding the data from the comparability study being raised. The Commission does not dispute those arguments. In addition, in the present action ASI and AOE have submitted the data used for that ad hoc report, stating that they were taken from the same database as was used in the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland. The Commission has not raised any further specific objections with regard to the ad hoc report submitted by Apple Inc.

457    Thirdly, in so far as the Commission challenged the use, with regard to the two ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc., of a comparability study, which was based on a search in a database containing comparable data, the following points should be noted.

458    First of all, in so far as the Commission’s complaints must be understood as challenging the use of a database containing comparable data as such, they cannot succeed. Indeed, without the support of a database, it would not be possible to carry out, in connection with the second step in the one-sided profit allocation method, a comparability study that enables the profits to be regarded as arm’s length profits to be estimated, which presupposes that it is possible to make such an estimate using comparable companies.

459    However, the Commission did not provide evidence to support excluding, as such, the use of databases drawn up by specialised independent companies, such as the database that was used in the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. As is correctly argued by Ireland and ASI and AOE, those databases are created using the Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community (NACE) and, in the absence of evidence demonstrating defects which invalidate those databases, they constitute an empirical basis for carrying out the comparability studies.

460    Next, regarding the Commission’s arguments contesting the comparability of the companies chosen for the comparability study, concerning the Irish branch of ASI, it should be noted that the Commission merely relied on the same arguments as it had raised regarding the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator, namely that ASI was responsible for warranties on sold products and that it assumed a significant risk in respect of high-end products handled by third-party subcontractors, whereas the companies chosen did not assume those kinds of significant risks and therefore were not comparable. However, for the same reasons as those expressed in paragraphs 391 to 402 above, those arguments must be rejected.

461    In addition, as has been stated by Ireland and ASI and AOE, it should be noted that, in so far as, as concluded in paragraph 413 above, operating costs could not be ruled out as a profit level indicator in the present instance, the high-quality nature of the brand would have no significant impact on comparability in the present instance. Indeed, as ASI and AOE correctly submit, the fact that a company distributes high-quality branded products cannot necessarily have an impact on its operating costs as compared to the operating costs which it would have to bear if it distributed lower-quality products. This has been demonstrated in the present instance by the fact, acknowledged by the Commission itself in recital 337 of the contested decision, that the operating costs of the Irish branch of ASI had remained relatively stable in relation to the exponential increase in ASI’s sales.

462    Regarding the reservations as to the comparability of the manufacturing companies chosen in connection with the comparability study with regard to the Irish branch of AOE, because of the ancillary functions which that branch would have performed in addition to manufacturing activities, it should be noted that those ancillary functions are not representative of all the functions performed by that branch, as is correctly argued by Ireland and ASI and AOE. In that regard, those parties rely in particular on the analysis of the activities of AOE’s Irish branch in the ad hoc reports submitted by them, which, on that specific point, was not contested by the Commission.

463    Lastly, regarding the fact, referred to by the Commission, that 3 of the 52 companies chosen for the comparability study have become companies in liquidation, such reservations cannot affect the reliability of that study as a whole. In addition, those companies were put into compulsory liquidation after the tax years in respect of which the study was conducted. Furthermore, contrary to the Commission’s assertions, it does not appear, in view of the considerations set out in paragraph 455 above, that 3 companies, out of the 52 targeted in the study in question, represents a significant proportion liable to distort the outcome of the comparability study.

464    In those circumstances, it must be concluded that the Commission did not succeed in calling in question the reliability of the comparability studies on which the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc. are based and, accordingly, in establishing that those reports are not reliable.

(2)    The corrected comparability analysis conducted by the Commission

465    It should be noted that, in recitals 353 to 356 of the contested decision, the Commission conducted its own comparability analysis, which may be designated as ‘the corrected comparability analysis’.

466    In its corrected comparability analysis, the Commission sought to assess whether the remuneration for the Irish branches of ASI and AOE as endorsed by the contested tax rulings fell within arm’s length ranges.

467    In the first place, concerning the Irish branch of ASI, the Commission used the data from the companies selected in the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland, taking the Irish branch of ASI as the tested party and the sales as the profit level indicator. Those data were reproduced in Figure 13, set out in recital 354 of the contested decision. The Commission thus compared the profits allocated to the Irish branch of ASI in relation to ASI’s sales with the median return on sales of the companies selected in the ad hoc report submitted by Ireland, for the years 2007 to 2011.

468    It should be noted at the outset that it is true that the Commission’s approach, consisting in comparing the results of its own analysis, on the one hand, and ASI’s chargeable profits under the contested tax rulings, on the other, could have enabled it, in principle, to demonstrate the existence of a selective advantage.

469    However, the conclusions of the corrected comparability analysis conducted by the Commission cannot invalidate the conclusions of the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc., according to which the profits of the Irish branches of ASI and AOE, determined pursuant to the contested tax rulings, fell within arm’s length ranges.

470    First of all, it must be pointed out that the Commission’s corrected comparability analysis relies on sales as a profit level indicator for the purpose of applying the TNMM. However, as is apparent from the considerations expressed in paragraphs 402 and 412 above, it has not been demonstrated that the use of the operating costs as the profit level indicator was inappropriate in the present instance. In addition, it has not been demonstrated that the use of sales would have been more appropriate.

471    Next, it should be borne in mind that the analysis conducted by the Commission in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning is based on the premiss that, in essence, the functions performed by the Irish branch of ASI were of a complex nature and were decisive for the success of the Apple brand and, accordingly, of ASI’s trading activity. In addition, according to the Commission, that branch had assumed significant risks in relation to ASI’s activities. However, as has been concluded in paragraphs 348 and 407 above, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the Irish branch of ASI had performed complex functions and assumed those significant risks.

472    Lastly, in recitals 353 to 355 of the contested decision, the Commission sought to assess the median return on sales of comparable undertakings against the median return on ASI’s sales, as a function of the profit allocated to its Irish branch under the 2007 tax ruling. However, that approach is not in line with either the Authorised OECD Approach or section 25 of the TCA 97, in so far as the return on ASI’s sales cannot reflect, in the case of its Irish branch, the value of the functions actually performed by that branch, for the following reasons.

473    First, as stated in paragraphs 384 and 385 above, the distribution functions guaranteed by the Irish branch of ASI consisted in the procurement, sale and distribution of Apple-branded products under framework agreements negotiated outside that branch. Accordingly, the added value contributed by the Irish branch of ASI cannot be grasped by examining the return on ASI’s sales.

474    Second, the functions actually performed by the Irish branch of ASI did not have a decisive impact on either the Apple Group’s IP or the Apple brand, as has been stated in paragraph 341 above. Those two factors are intrinsically linked and may be brought together under the Apple brand designating high-quality products, which was regarded by the Commission itself in recital 351 of the contested decision as decisively affecting the value of ASI’s sales. For this reason, the return on ASI’s sales does not provide a realistic image of the actual contribution of its Irish branch to those sales.

475    In those circumstances, the conclusions of the corrected comparability analysis conducted by the Commission concerning the remuneration of ASI’s Irish branch, an analysis which used sales as a profit level indicator, cannot invalidate the conclusions of the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and Apple Inc., which used the operating costs as the profit level indicator.

476    In the second place, concerning AOE’s remuneration, as the Commission itself noted in recital 357 of the contested decision, the results of the comparability analysis used by the Commission, as summarised in paragraph 425 above, show that the profits allocated to the Irish branch of AOE in Ireland under the contested tax rulings fell within ranges which could be regarded as being arm’s length ranges.

477    Accordingly, the results of the analysis conducted by the Commission, in essence, confirm the conclusions derived from the ad hoc reports submitted by Ireland and by Apple Inc., according to which the profits allocated to the Irish branch of AOE fell within arm’s length ranges. In that regard, it should be noted, in the light of the considerations expressed in paragraph 455 above regarding the transfer pricing analyses, that the fact that those results fall more towards the lower end of an arm’s length range cannot invalidate those results.

478    Having regard to the foregoing considerations, the complaints raised by Ireland and by ASI and AOE in respect of the Commission’s statements regarding the methodological error relating to the levels of return accepted in the contested tax rulings must be upheld.

5.      Conclusions regarding the assessments made by the Commission in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning

479    The findings made above concerning the defects in the methods for calculating the chargeable profits of ASI and AOE demonstrate the incomplete and occasionally inconsistent nature of the contested tax rulings. However, in themselves, those circumstances are not sufficient to prove the existence of an advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

480    Indeed, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the methodological errors to which it had referred with regard to the profit allocation methods endorsed by the contested tax rulings, consisting in the choice of the Irish branches as tested parties (paragraph 351 above), the choice of the operating costs as the profit level indicator (paragraph 417 above), and the levels of return accepted by the contested tax rulings (paragraph 478 above) had led to a reduction in ASI and AOE’s chargeable profits in Ireland. Accordingly, it did not succeed in demonstrating that those rulings had granted those companies an advantage.

481    In those circumstances, the pleas in law relied on by Ireland and by ASI and AOE, alleging that, in connection with its subsidiary line of reasoning, the Commission has not succeeded in demonstrating the existence of an advantage in the present instance for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU must be upheld.

F.      Pleas in law contesting the assessments made by the Commission in connection with its alternative line of reasoning (fifth plea in law in Case T778/16 and ninth plea in law in Case T892/16)

482    The Commission set out its alternative line of reasoning in recitals 369 to 403 of the contested decision, which is divided into two alternative parts.

483    In the first place, in recitals 369 to 378 of the contested decision, the Commission contended that the arm’s length principle was inherent in the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 and that, in so far as the contested tax rulings derogated from that principle, they conferred a selective advantage on ASI and AOE in the form of a reduction of their taxable base.

484    In the second place, in recitals 379 to 403 of the contested decision, the Commission contended that, even assuming that the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 was not governed by the arm’s length principle, the contested tax rulings still had to be regarded as granting ASI and AOE a selective advantage in so far as those rulings were the result of the discretion exercised by the Irish tax authorities.

485    Ireland and ASI and AOE contest, in essence, the assessments made by the Commission in both parts of the alternative line of reasoning.

1.      First part of the Commission’s alternative line of reasoning

486    In the first part of its alternative line of reasoning, the Commission considered that the contested tax rulings derogated from section 25 of the TCA 97, on the ground that the arm’s length principle was inherent in that section (recital 377 of the contested decision). The Commission then referred to its subsidiary line of reasoning, in which it considered that the contested tax rulings did not allow a reliable approximation of a market-based outcome in line with the arm’s length principle to be calculated and, therefore, concluded that those rulings had granted ASI and AOE a selective advantage (recital 378 of the contested decision).

487    In that regard, it is sufficient to note that, in so far as the first part of the Commission’s alternative line of reasoning is based on statements that it made in its subsidiary line of reasoning and that, as has been found in paragraph 481 above, the Commission cannot rely on that reasoning in order to conclude that there was an advantage in the present instance, it must be held that the Commission is equally unable to rely on the first part of its alternative line of reasoning in order to conclude that there was a selective advantage in the present instance.

488    In those circumstances, it must be concluded that, in the first part of the alternative line of reasoning, the Commission did not succeed in demonstrating that the contested tax rulings had granted ASI and AOE a selective advantage.

2.      Second part of the Commission’s alternative line of reasoning

489    In the second part of its alternative line of reasoning, the Commission contends that, even assuming that the application of section 25 of the TCA 97 was not governed by the arm’s length principle, the contested tax rulings still conferred a selective advantage on ASI and AOE in so far as those rulings were issued by the Irish tax authorities on a discretionary basis.

490    First, the Commission maintained that it had shown in its primary and subsidiary lines of reasoning that the contested tax rulings had endorsed profit allocation methods that resulted in a reduction in the chargeable profits of ASI and AOE in Ireland and that conferred an economic advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

491    Second the Commission stated that, in so far as section 25 of the TCA 97 does not lay down any objective criteria for the allocation of profits among the various parts of a single non-resident company, the Irish tax authorities’ discretion in applying that provision is not based on objective criteria related to the tax system, which means that it can be presumed that the contested tax rulings are selective. In addition, the Commission examined 11 tax rulings that had been sent to it by Ireland and observed that those rulings contained a number of discrepancies, on the basis of which it considered that the Irish tax authorities’ practice concerning tax rulings was discretionary as no consistent criterion was used to determine the profits to be allocated to the Irish branches of non-resident companies for the purpose of applying section 25 of the TCA 97.

492    The Commission concluded from the above that the contested tax rulings had been issued on the basis of the Irish tax authorities’ discretion in the absence of objective criteria related to the tax system and that, therefore, those rulings had to be considered to confer a selective advantage on ASI and AOE for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

493    With regard to the conclusions reached by the Commission, first, it should be noted that, in so far as the Commission did not succeed in showing that there was an advantage through its primary and subsidiary lines of reasoning, it cannot, solely through its alternative line of reasoning as described above, show that there is a selective advantage in the present instance. Even assuming that it were established that the tax authorities had discretion, the existence of such discretion does not necessarily mean that it was used to reduce the tax liability of the recipient of the tax ruling as compared with the liability to which that recipient would normally have been subject.

494    Therefore, the Commission’s alternative line of reasoning is insufficient to establish the existence of State aid for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

495    Second and in any case, the Commission did not succeed in showing that the Irish tax authorities had exercised a broad discretion in the present instance.

496    It is necessary to recall the case-law stating that, in order to establish the selective nature of a tax advantage, it is not necessary for the competent national authorities to have the discretionary power to grant the benefit of that measure. However, the existence of such discretion may be such as to enable those authorities to favour certain undertakings or the production of certain goods to the detriment of others, in particular where the competent authorities have the discretionary power to determine the beneficiaries and the conditions of the measure granted on the basis of criteria unrelated to the tax system (judgment of 25 July 2018, Commission v Spain and Others, C‑128/16 P, EU:C:2018:591, paragraph 55).

497    It is clear that, in recital 381 of the contested decision, the Commission limited itself to stating that Ireland had not identified any objective standard for allocating the profits of a non-resident company for the purpose of applying section 25 of the TCA 97. In that same recital, it concluded directly from the above that ‘this would mean that [the Irish tax authorities’] discretion in applying that provision [was] not based on objective criteria related to the tax system, which [gave] rise to a presumption of a selective advantage’.

498    As has been pointed out in paragraphs 238 and 239 above, in order to apply section 25 of the TCA 97, it is necessary to carry out an objective analysis of the facts that includes, first, identifying the activities performed by the branch, the assets it uses for its functions and the related risks that it assumes and, second, determining the value of that type of activity on the market. Such an analysis corresponds, in essence, to the analysis proposed by the Authorised OECD Approach.

499    Consequently, the Commission cannot argue that the Irish tax authorities’ application of section 25 of the TCA 97 did not involve the use of any consistent criterion in order to determine the profits to be allocated to the Irish branches of non-resident companies.

500    It is true that, in the present instance, the Irish tax authorities’ application of section 25 of the TCA 97 in the contested tax rulings was insufficiently documented. As has been stated in paragraphs 347 and 433 above, the information and evidence in support of that application were very concise. That lack of documented analysis is indeed a regrettable methodological defect in the calculation of ASI and AOE’s chargeable profits, endorsed in the contested tax rulings. However, such a defect is, in itself, insufficient to show that the contested tax rulings were the result of a broad discretion exercised by the Irish tax authorities.

501    Third, the 11 tax rulings concerning the allocation of profits to the Irish branches of non-resident companies examined by the Commission in recitals 385 to 395 of the contested decision are not of such a kind as to show that the Irish tax authorities have a broad discretion which leads to the recipient companies being given favourable treatment as compared with other companies in a comparable situation.

502    As is apparent from recitals 385 to 395 of the contested decision, each of those 11 tax rulings relates to companies with entirely different activities. As the Commission itself noted in recital 88 of the contested decision, the allocation of profits among several associated companies depends on the functions performed, the risks assumed and the assets used by each company. It should therefore be concluded that the 11 tax rulings approve different profit allocation methods simply because the situations of the taxpayers are different. Therefore, the fact that those different situations were taken into account when the rulings in question were issued does not in any way show that the Irish tax authorities had any discretion.

503    It follows from the foregoing considerations that the Commission cannot rely on the second part of its alternative line of reasoning in order to conclude that there was a selective advantage in the present instance.

504    Consequently, the pleas in law relied on by Ireland and ASI and AOE alleging that, in its alternative line of reasoning, the Commission did not succeed in showing that there was a selective advantage in the present instance for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU must be upheld, without there being any need to examine the complaints alleging breaches of essential procedural requirements and of the right to be heard raised by ASI and AOE regarding the Commission’s assessments in its alternative line of reasoning.

G.      Conclusions regarding the Commission’s assessment concerning the existence of a selective advantage

505    In view of the conclusions set out in paragraphs 312, 481 and 504 above, in which the Court finds that the pleas in law relied on by Ireland and ASI and AOE against the assessments made by the Commission in connection with its primary, subsidiary and alternative lines of reasoning must be upheld, it must be concluded that the Commission did not succeed in showing, in the present instance, that, by issuing the contested tax rulings, the Irish tax authorities had granted ASI and AOE a selective advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU.

506    In that regard, it should be borne in mind that, although, according to the settled case-law cited in paragraph 100 above, the Commission may classify a tax measure as State aid, it may do so only in so far as the conditions for such a classification are satisfied.

507    In the present instance, as the Commission did not succeed in showing to the requisite legal standard that there was a selective advantage for the purposes of Article 107(1) TFEU, the contested decision must be annulled in its entirety without it being necessary to examine the other pleas in law raised by Ireland and ASI and AOE.

10 reasons to apply for Texas A&M International Tax Risk Management — request a brochure https://info.law.tamu.edu/international-tax  

  1. International Tax courses are limited to 15 students. Many have 9 – 12 for maximum interaction with the professors and each other in real-time Zoom discussions. No one is ‘left out’. Everyone has a substantial weekly learning experience.
  2. Courses meet twice weekly on Zoom for 90 minutes (or more) to discuss the case study and the weekly issues, and then students in teams (generally of three) roll play the case study representing a stakeholder interest assigned by the professor/s in the second meeting, ending with a recap discussion of the case study. See an example weekly case study moot on YouTube 
  3. Courses include original authored textbooks and study materials and original case studies by the faculty.
  4. Courses include original authored weekly video-lectures and/or audio podcasts by the faculty.
  5. All students have access to Lexis, Westlaw, Bloomberg LawCheetah (formerly Kluwer-CCH), IBFDTax AnalystsS&PBvD-MoodysThomsonOECD Library, and hundreds of other information resource providers (check out our university virtual libraries here and here)
  6. Degree options for all tax professionals — lawyers (Master of Laws, LL.M.) and accountants, economists, financial professionals (Master of Jurisprudence, M.Jur.)
  7. The founder Professor William Byrnes is the pioneer of Online Learning for Legal Education, having initiated the original version of this program in 1994 (see his LinkedIn Group of 27,000+ member network of former students, book subscribers, webinar attendees, and career contacts).
  8. The founder Professor William Byrnes is a leading international tax author with 10 annual treatises published by Lexis and Wolters Kluwer, and three Tax Facts titles by National Underwriter. See his list of publications and over 1,100 media tax articles here.
  9. Join the Texas A&M Aggie former student network of 500,000+ to open career and social doors (and watch Saturday SEC football games) with Aggie Clubs throughout 100 countries in major cities.
  10. 160+ graduate students currently enrolled for risk management, tax-risk management, and wealth management program, many with 10+ years experience, to build your career network today.

Texas A&M, an annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

Posted in Transfer Pricing | Tagged: , , | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence Weekly (Monday July 12, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on July 12, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law has launched its online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals.  Apply now for courses that begin August 23: International Tax Risk Management, Data, and Analytics; International Tax & Tax Treaties (complete list here

Texas A&M University is a public university, ranked in the top 20 universities by the Wall Street Journal / Times Higher Education university rankings, and is ranked 1st among public universities for its superior education at an affordable cost (Fiske, 2018) and ranked 1st of Texas public universities for best value (Money, 2018).

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

This week we analyze the DOL’s new prohibited transactions exemption for fiduciaries, the DOL’s clarification of which parents are eligible for the FFCRA during the summer school recess when children are normally at home, and Congress’ new exemption for PPP Loan Forgiveness.

DOL Unveils New Prohibited Transaction Exemption (PTE) for Fiduciaries

The DOL has released its long-awaited follow-up to the 5th Circuit’s vacation of its 2016 fiduciary rule. The DOL proposed a new class exemption that grants relief for financial advisors and institutions who provide investment advice (including retirement-related advice) if the terms of the PTE are satisfied. Generally, fiduciaries who receive certain forms of commission with respect to investment advice can run afoul of the prohibited transaction rules unless an exemption applies. For more information on the new exemption, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

DOL Clarifies FFCRA Eligibility for Parents Who Lack Summer Childcare

FFCRA leave is generally available to parents who cannot work because of childcare needs when the child’s usual place of care or school is closed or unavailable due to COVID-19. Now that schools are closed for summer, many have questioned their eligibility based on cancellations for summer camps, summer enrichment programs or other childcare alternatives. The DOL has clarified its original guidance to provide that an employee’s mere interest in a summer program that was cancelled is insufficient to establish FFCRA eligibility. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Congress Creates New Exemption to Preserve PPP Loan Forgiveness

PPPFA created an exemption to preserve loan forgiveness eligibility in the face of the reality that some employees may not be available or willing to return to work. Employers will not be subject to a proportionate reduction in loan forgiveness based on reductions that occur under either of two scenarios during February 15, 2020 and December 31, 2020. For more information, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

 

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Taxation | Tagged: , | Leave a Comment »

Byrnes & Bloink’s TaxFacts Intelligence Weekly (Friday July 9, 2020)

Posted by William Byrnes on July 10, 2020


Texas A&M University School of Law has launched its online international tax risk management graduate curricula for industry professionals.

Apply now for courses that begin August 23: International Tax Risk Management, Data, and Analytics; International Tax & Tax Treaties (complete list here

Texas A&M University is a public university, ranked in the top 20 universities by the Wall Street Journal / Times Higher Education university rankings, and is ranked 1st among public universities for its superior education at an affordable cost (Fiske, 2018) and ranked 1st of Texas public universities for best value (Money, 2018).

 

 

Prof. William H. Byrnes
        Robert Bloink, J.D., LL.M.

Hope everyone had a great 4th last weekend! This week we analyze more CARES Act developments in the form of an extension of the RMD waiver to cover all of 2020. This potentially helps account holders who took RMDs prior to the passage of the CARES Act. We also see new proposed regs that define “real property” for the purposes of 1031 exchanges, as well extended deadlines related to opportunity zones.

New Regs Define Real Property for 1031 Exchanges

The 2017 tax reform legislation limited the availability of Section 1031 exchanges to exchanges of real property. Despite this, the important term “real property” had never actually been defined for 1031 purposes. The proposed regulations adopt a new definition of real property and make clear that each separate asset involved in a transaction must be analyzed independently to determine whether it qualifies. For more information on these definitions, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

IRS Expands RMD Waiver Relief for All of 2020

Despite this, the law was enacted after some taxpayers had already taken their 2020 RMDs early in the year. For those who took RMDs very early in the year, the sixty-day rollover period had already expired. In response, the IRS announced that anyone who took a 2020 RMD is eligible to roll the funds back into their account penalty-free. The sixty-day rollover period was extended through August 31, 2020, so clients still have only a limited period of time in which to act. Further, the rollover does not count toward the otherwise applicable “one rollover per twelve-month period” rule or the restriction on rollovers for inherited IRAs. For more information on the RMD rules, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

Key Deadlines for Opportunity Zone Investments Extended
As is the case with many deadlines this spring and summer, the IRS has extended several key deadlines that apply to opportunity zone investments. For taxpayers whose last day of the 180-day investment period within which to make a QOZF investment was on or after April 1, 2020 and before December 31, 2020, the last day of the 180-day period is extended to December 31, 2020. QOFs that failed to satisfy the 90 percent investment rule for a period ending on or after April 1, 2020 and on or before December 31, 2020 will not be subject to a penalty (i.e., the failure is disregarded). Similarly, the 30-month substantial improvement period for tangible property that is used prior to being acquired is suspended between April 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020. For more information on opportunity zones and extended deadlines, visit Tax Facts Online. Read More

 

Byrnes & Bloink’s Tax Facts Offers a Complete Web, App-Based, and Print Experience

Reducing complicated tax questions to understandable answers that can be immediately put into real-life practice, Tax Facts works when and where you need it….on your desktop, at home on your laptop, and on the go through your tablet or smartphone.

  • all Tax Facts books
  • Tax Facts Intelligence weekly newsletters
  • weekly strategy articles for client advisory
  • weekly transcribed debate discussion for client soft-skill discussion
  • among other weekly client advisory critical updates

Questions? Contact customer service: TaxFactsHelp@alm.com800-543-0874

Posted in Courses | Tagged: , | Leave a Comment »

International Tax Risk Management, Data Analytics, and Technology – Team Based Case Studies – Apply Now for August Start

Posted by William Byrnes on July 6, 2020


10 reasons to apply for Texas A&M International Tax — request a brochure here https://info.law.tamu.edu/international-tax  (or apply online https://law.tamu.edu/distance-education/prospective-students/llm-mjur-application)

  1. International Tax courses are limited to 15 students.  Many have 9 – 12 for maximum interaction with the professors and each other in real-time Zoom discussion.  No one is ‘left out’. Everyone has a substantial weekly learning experience.
  2. Courses meet twice weekly on Zoom for 90 minutes (or more) to discuss the case study and the weekly issues, and then students in teams (generally of three) roll play the case study representing a stakeholder interest assigned by the professor/s in the second meeting, ending with a recap discussion of the case study. See an example case study moot on YouTube 
  3. Courses include original authored reading and study materials, original case studies, links to the robust tax library for current articles, analytical materials, and technology/data providers.
  4. Courses include weekly instructor video-lectures and/or audio podcasts.
  5. Degree options for all tax professionals — lawyers (Master of Laws, LL.M.) and accountants, economists, financial professionals (Master of Jurisprudence, M.Jur.)
  6. The founder Professor William Byrnes is the pioneer of Online Learning for Legal Education, having initiated the original version of this program in 1994 (see his LinkedIn Group of 27,000+ member network of former students, book subscribers, webinar attendees, and career contacts).
  7. The founder Professor William Byrnes is a leading international tax author with 10 annual treatises published by Lexis and Wolters Kluwer, and three Tax Facts titles by National Underwriter.
  8. Join the Texas A&M Aggie former student network of 500,000+ to open career and social doors (and watch Saturday SEC football games).
  9. 160+ current graduate enrollment for risk management, tax-risk management, and wealth management program.
  10. All students have access to Lexis, Westlaw, Bloomberg Law, Cheetah (formerly Kluwer-CCH), IBFD, Tax Analysts, S&P, BvD-Moodys, Thomson, OECD Library, and hundreds of other information resource providers (check out our university virtual libraries here and here)

Texas A&M, annual budget of $6.3 billion (FY2020), is the largest U.S. public university, one of only 60 accredited U.S. universities of the American Association of Universities (R1: Doctoral Universities – Highest Research Activity) and one of only 17 U.S. universities that hold the triple U.S. federal grant of Land, Sea, and Space!

FALL 2020 Semester (starts Aug 23 and ends Nov 30) 

International Tax & Tax Treaties I: Residency Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff), and William Byrnes (TAMU) 3 credits (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Aug 23 Domestic Tax Rights; Double Taxation; Tax Treaty Allocation Of Tax Rights
    • Week 2 Aug 30 Types Of Taxes; Tax Treaty Interpretation
    • Week 3: Sept 6 Tax Jurisdiction Over Persons, Tax Treaty Interpretation
    • Week 4: Sept 13 Tax Jurisdiction of Corporations; Tax Treaty Interpretation & Application
    • Week 5: Sept 20 Tax Jurisdiction of Entities
    • Week 6: Sept 27 U.S. Tax Reform / Pillar II
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology

International Tax Risk Management & Domestic Systems (Inbound) (meet Tuesdays and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Aug 23 national tax systems in general and inbound diagnostic Dr. Susana Bokobo, former global tax policy director Repsol
    • Week 2 Aug 30 Manuel Tron Mexico as an inbound diagnostic case study (President Emeritus, International Fiscal Association)
    • Week 3 Sept 6 Elis Prendergast (KPMG)
    • Week 4 Sept 13 Carson Le (KPMG)
    • Week 5 Sept 20 Dr. Maji Rhee (Waseda) Japan/Korea as inbound case studies
    • Week 6 Sept 27 Domestic Compliance Risk Matrix Hafiz Choudhury
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology for inbound domestic tax risk management

International Tax & Tax Treaties II: Source Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff), and William Byrnes (TAMU) 3 credits (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Oct 11 Tax of Business Income (PE, Nexus)
    • Week 2 Oct 18 Tax of Investment Income
    • Week 3: Oct 25 Taxation of Services and Employment Income (including DST)
    • Week 4: Nov 1 Double Taxation and Tax Credits
    • Week 5: Nov 8 Tax Accounting
    • Week 6: Nov 15 Introduction to Management of Tax and Data
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology

International Tax Risk Management II (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (meet Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 Oct 11 Manufacturing I Dr. Niraja Srinivasan Pillar 1 (Dell Global Tax)
    • Week 2 Oct 18 Manufacturing II (DEMPE & Supply Chain) Niraja
    • Week 3 Oct 25 Manufacturing III (Customs) Niraja
    • Week 4 Nov 1 Tax of Patents / Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann (Daylight time ends, Wednesday and Sunday at 8am Central Standard Dallas time zone)
    • Week 5 Nov 8 Tax Risk & Tax Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann
    • Week 6 Nov 15 Tax Risk & Tax Technology, Dr. Brigitte Muehlmann
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology for global tax risk management

SPRING 2021 (Jan 10 – April 26, 2020 repeats 2021)

U.S. Tax Risk Management (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (meet Tuesdays and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 January 10, 2021 Outbound / FDII Melissa Muhammad (IRS LB&I)
    • Week 2 January 17, 2021 Inbound / BEAT Melissa Muhammad
    • Week 3 January 24, 2021 [check the box] Form 1120 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY
    • Week 4 January 31, 2021 [Subpart F & GILTI, PTEP ] Form 5471 Documentation: Neelu Mehrotra: EY
    • Week 5 February 7, 2021 M&A or topic and Neelu Mehrotra: EY
    • Week 6 February 14, 2021 FTCs; wrap-up: Melissa Muhammad 
    • Week 7 Capstone of tax data analytics and technology for U.S. tax risk management

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Tangibles, Methods, Economics, and Data (William Byrnes) (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 January 10 Arm’s Length Standard (v Formulary Approach) Dr. Bruno Da Silva & William Byrnes
    • Week 2 Jan 17 CUP & Comparables  Dr. Lorraine Eden
    • Week 3 Jan 24 Cost Plus & Resale Minus  Dr. George Salis
    • Week 4 Feb 31: Comparable Profits Method & TNMM Dr. George Salis
    • Week 5 Feb 7 Profit Split Dr. George Salis
    • Week 6 Feb 14 Best Method Dr. Lorraine Eden 

E.U. Tax Risk Management 3 credits (meet Tuesdays and Sunday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1 February 28, 2021 General Framework & Fundamental Freedoms
    • Week 2 March 7, 2021 P/S + Interest / Royalty
    • Week 3 March 21, 2021 M&A directive
    • Week 4 March 28, 2021 Cross-Border Losses – Dr. Bruno Da Silva
    • Week 5 April 4, 2021 Free Movement of Capital (investment funds) Dr. Bruno Da Silva
    • Week 6 April 11, 2021 ATAD, DAC 6, Abuse – Dr. Bruno da Silva
    • Week 7 capstone of tax data analytics and technology for E.U. tax risk management 

Transfer Pricing Risk Management: Intangibles and Services (William Byrnes) (meet Monday and Friday at 8am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

SUMMER 2020 (May 18 through June 30, 2020 – repeats 2021)

FATCA, CRS, and AEoI (Law, Data, Systems): 3 credits (meet 8:00am Wednesday and Sunday Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1. May 18: FATCA, CRS, and EU: nationality, residency, data sharing: Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff) dasilva.brunoaniceto@gmail.com.
    • Week 2. May 25: FATCA/CRS and the Asset Management Industry, intermediaries: Denise Hintzke (Deloitte) dhintzke@deloitte.com
    • Week 3. June 1: FATCA Withholding Compliance, overlap with QI: Denise Hintzke (Deloitte)
    • Week 4. June 8: Documentation FATCA v CRS: Melissa Muhammad (IRS LB&I) melissamuhammadesq@gmail.com
    • Week 5. June 15: FATCA IGAs & CRS Risk Management Melissa Muhammad melissamuhammadesq@gmail.com
    • Week 6. June 23: Financial Institutions Systems And Data: Haydon Perryman (Bank of America, UBS, Barclays, RBS and Lloyds) haydon@haydonperryman.com
    • Week 7 capstone for both Summer courses: “Tax Technology and the future of Tax Departments” Dr. Debora Correa Talutto debora.talutto@veritas.com 

International Tax Risk Management I (Data, Analytics & Technology) 3 credits (meet Tuesday at 8am and Sunday at 9:30am Central Daylight Dallas time zone)

    • Week 1. May 18: General tax risk management approach Dr. Knut Olsen   knut.tax@gmail.com
    • Week 2. May 25: BEPS: Dr. Bruno Da Silva (Loyens & Loeff).
    • Week 3. June 1: CbCR & Analytics David Deputy, Vertex david.deputy@vertexinc.com
    • Week 4. June 8: LOB / PPT / MLI: Dr. Bruno da Silva (Loyens & Loeff)
    • Week 5. June 15: Future of Analytics & Technology – Risk Management Perspective: